Quarterlytics / GYG Plc

GYG Plc

gyg · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker gyg
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · GYG Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T H E   W O R L D ’ S   L E A D I N G   

S U P E R Y A C H T   S E R V I C E   &   S U P P L Y   G R O U P

Annual report and financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2020

GYG is a global market leading superyacht painting,  
supply and maintenance company, offering services 
throughout the Mediterranean, northern Europe and 
the  USA.  The  Company  primarily  trades  under  the 
Pinmar, Pinmar Yacht Supply and Technocraft brands, 
operating in both the Coatings (New Build and Refit) 
and Supply markets.

Pinmar  was  founded  in  Mallorca,  Spain  in  1975  as  a 
specialist yacht painting company focused on the new 
breed of superyachts over 40m. In 2012 Pinmar merged 
with  its  main  local  competitor,  Rolling  Stock,  to  form 
the  Global  Yachting  Group.  The  Company  floated  on 
the London Stock Exchange’s AIM market in 2017 and 
was re-named GYG plc.

During  its  45-year  history,  Pinmar  has  expanded  its 
operations  to  cover  the  major  superyacht  Refit 
locations  across  Europe  and  the  USA  as  well  as 
establishing  partnerships  with  the  largest  New  Build 
shipyards. It has diversified its service offering through 
its  yacht  chandlery  business,  Pinmar  Yacht  Supply, 
which  provides  a  multi-channel  supply  service  to  the 
world’s superyacht fleet. Today it is recognised as the 
market  leading  brand  in  superyacht  painting  with  
a reputation for premium quality.

The  Group  also  operates  a  specialist  engineering 
company, Technocraft, that provides bespoke scaffold 
containment systems and yacht hardware removal and 
repair services to superyachts. These services form an 
integral  part  of  the  superyacht  Refit  process  and 
enable Pinmar to offer a unique turnkey approach to 
superyachts and the Refit yards. 

Pinmar  has  pioneered  many  of  the  innovations  and 
methodologies  associated  with  superyacht  painting 
and  is  recognised  as  the  most  technically  advanced 
applicator  in  the  industry.  Working  with  the  major 
international paint manufacturers, it continues to invest 
in  research  and  development  programmes  to  drive 
improvements  in  speed,  quality  and  efficiency.  The 
Pinmar Standard 2.0 is recognised as the most exacting 
quality metric in the industry.

GYG  plc  is  incorporated  in  the  UK  with  its  registered 
office in London. The Group’s headquarters are in Palma 
de  Mallorca,  Spain,  with 
its  main  Mediterranean 
operational  hubs  in  Palma,  Barcelona  and  La  Ciotat, 
France. The USA division is based in West Palm Beach, 
Florida, with operational centres in Fort Lauderdale and 
Savannah,  Georgia.  The  Company  also  has  offices  in 
Holland and Germany providing a permanent presence 
in the major northern European New Build market.

Barcelona – MB92’s 4,800-tonne shiplift 
is currently the largest in the world  
that is exclusively dedicated to superyachts

C O N T E N T S

OVERVIEW

DIRECTORS’ GOVERNANCE REPORT 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26  

 Corporate Governance Statement 

 Board of Directors and Senior 
Management 
28   Directors’ Report 
32  
39   Nomination Committee Report 
40   Audit Committee Report 
43   Directors’ Remuneration Report 
47   Statement of Directors’  

Responsibilities

03   Highlights 
04   Our Brands  
06   What We Do  
08   Market Size and Growth Forecast 

STRATEGIC REPORT 

10   Chairman’s Statement 
12   Chief Executive’s Report  
20   Financial Review  
21   Key Performance Indicators  
22  
 Risk Management and  
Principal Risks 

24   Section 172(1) Statement 
25   COVID-19 Report 

48  

54  

55  

56  

57  

58  

83  

84  

84  

86  
93  

 Independent Auditor’s Report  
to the Members of GYG plc 
 Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 
 Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position 
 Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity 
 Consolidated Cash Flow 
Statement 
 Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements 
 Parent Company Statement  
of Financial Position
 Parent Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 
 Notes to the Parent Company 
Financial Statements
 Notice of Annual General Meeting
 Company information

Cautionary Statement
Sections of this annual report, including but not limited to the Directors’ Report, the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Remuneration Report may contain forward-looking 
statements with respect to certain of the plans and current goals and expectations relating to the future financial condition, business performance and results of the Company. 
These  have  been  made  by  the  Directors  in  good  faith  using  information  available  up  to  the  date  on  which  they  approved  this  report.  By  their  nature,  all  forward-looking 
statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances that are beyond the control of the Company and depend upon circumstances 
that may or may not occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual future financial conditions, business performance, results or developments of the 
Company to differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements and forecasts. Nothing in this document should 
be construed as a profit forecast.

 
  
02 GYG plc

Overview

H I G H L I G H T S

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Group revenue  
decreased  
7.7% to  
€58.9m  
(FY19: €63.8m)

Coatings  
(Refit and New Build) 

revenue decreased 5.4% to  

€50.8m  
(FY19: €53.7m)

Supply revenue  
decrease  
19.8% to  
€8.1m  
(FY19: €10.1m)

Adjusted EBITDA1  
increased  
by 15.6% to  
€5.2m  
(FY19: €4.5m)

Exceptional  
costs  
of  
€1.0m 
driven mainly 
by COVID

Operating profit  
decrease of 7.7% to  
€1.2m  
(FY19: €1.3m)

Profit before tax  
decreased to  
€0.2m  
(FY19: €0.8m)

Net debt position2 
of  
€11.8m  
at 31 December 2020 
(FY19: €8.2m)

Cash  
at 31 December 2020  
€3.6m  
(€5.5m at  
31 December 2019)

Amended  
banking facilities  
agreed with  
improved 
repayment terms

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

• Robust performance despite COVID-19 

disruption with record level Order Book  
at €41.1m at 31 March 2021

• Active on an unprecedented eight New  

Build projects during the year in the premium 
segment across Northern Europe, with work 
continuing on five of these into 2021

• Largest turnkey Refit project for a 115+ metre 

yacht in Germany started in Q4 2020 

• Exclusive distribution agreement signed with 
ALTRAD plettac assco GmbH to distribute its 
specialised scaffolding equipment in the USA

• Expanded customer base and service offering 
in the Supply division with renewed focus on 
CRM systems, site consolidation and increased 
collaboration with Coatings division 

• Entered partnership agreement with 
AkzoNobel to develop and bring  
to market a unique application  
methodology for its revolutionary  
new sprayable filler product

• Continued to build on IT infrastructure 

upgrades through system developments 
leading to improvements in operational 
planning and control

• Continued focus on strategic initiatives  
to drive operational efficiencies and  
utilise new innovative technologies,  
has delivered further improvements  
in EBITDA margin

1  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  operating  profit  before  depreciation,  amortisation,  impairment,  performance  share  plan  costs  and  exceptional  items.  This  is  an  alternative 

performance measure used by Directors to assess the operating performance of the Group.

2 Net debt position is defined as the net cash and cash equivalent balances, less short and long-term borrowings and obligations under leases. This is an alternative performance 

measure used by investors, financial analysts, rating agencies, creditors and other parties to ascertain a company’s debt position.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 03

O U R   B R A N D S

GYG  operates  a  portfolio  of  three  principal  brands: 
Pinmar, Pinmar Yacht Supply, and Technocraft. Available 
as  a  turnkey  solution  or  as  standalone  products,  GYG 
offers comprehensive painting, supply and maintenance 
services to the global superyacht sector.

PINMAR  is  the  market  leading  brand  
in  the  superyacht  painting  sector  (40m 
and  above),  having  provided  the  paint 
finish  on  hundreds  of  yachts  during  its  
45-year history.

In the New Build sector, Pinmar specialises 
in  the  70m  and  above  segment,  working 
with  the  leading  shipyards  in  northern 
Europe  which  dominate  the  production  of 
the larger, premium quality vessels. Pinmar 
has completed the fairing and finishing on 
more  than  40  New  Build  projects  with  an 
average length over 100m, including many 
of the world’s most prestigious superyachts.

Pinmar 
is  the  only  paint  application 
company  that  offers  a  global  refit  service 
proposition  with  operational  hubs  located 
within  the  leading  Refit  shipyards  across 
Europe and the USA. The Group undertakes 
over  35  major  Refit  projects  per  year 
equating  to  approximately  10%  of  the 
estimated annual global market.

having 
of 

pioneered 
several 

Pinmar  is  acknowledged  for  its  technical 
leadership 
in  the  superyacht  painting 
industry  with  a  history  of  technological 
the 
innovation, 
development 
major 
improvements  in  application  technology, 
environmental  management  and  finish 
quality.  The  company  led  the  introduction 
of  topcoat  electrostatic  spray  application 
and more recently conducted a trial project 
in Germany working with and understanding 

the benefits of the application of Awlgrip’s 
remarkable  new  sprayable  filler  product 
(Awlfair SF) in partnership with AkzoNobel 
and Wrede Consulting.

PINMAR  YACHT  SUPPLY 
is  a  major 
international  superyacht  supply  company 
with a network of yacht chandlery outlets 
and  retail  partners  in  Palma,  Barcelona, 
Valencia, Girona, Vigo, Gibraltar, La Ciotat 
and  Malta.  It  also  operates  a  mobile  fleet 
providing  dockside  service  to  the  major 
shipyards and marinas in Mallorca and the 
Spanish Peninsular. 

The Company’s superyacht service centres 
offer  a  worldwide  supply  and  logistics 
service  supporting  a  growing  portfolio  
of  the  world’s  largest  superyachts  with 
bridge,  deck  and  engineering  equipment 
and consumables. 

Pinmar  Yacht  Supply’s  trade  division 
operates as a principal distributor in Spain 
for  AkzoNobel’s  marine  paint  brands,  3M 
abrasives  and  several  other  major  marine 
product  manufacturers,  with  operations 
extending to the Canaries, Egypt, Portugal, 
Malta and Greece.

that 

provides 

TECHNOCRAFT is a specialist engineering 
company 
bespoke 
containment systems and yacht hardware 
removal and repair services to superyachts. 
These services form an integral part of the 
superyacht Refit process and enable GYG 

to  offer  a  unique  turnkey  approach  to 
superyachts and the Refit yards. 

two 

divisions, 

yacht 
Technocraft’s 
containment  systems  and  yacht  hardware 
solutions,  are  both  based  in  Palma  with 
permanent hubs in Barcelona and La Ciotat. 
Technocraft  has  the  unique  capability  of 
being  able  to  deploy  its  specialist  teams 
and  equipment  to  shipyards  throughout 
Europe  and  frequently  combines  with 
Pinmar  to  offer  turnkey  Refit  solutions  to 
the world’s largest superyachts.

Technocraft’s  yacht  containment  division 
is  a  recognised  leader  in  this  highly 
specialist  sector  having  designed  and 
delivered  containment  systems  for  some 
of the largest superyacht Refit projects in 
the world. The company utilises the latest 
scaffolding equipment and has developed 
a  cantilever  system  that  enables  it  to 
construct  bespoke  containment  systems 
for virtually any size or shape of vessel. 

OTHER  BRANDS  GYG  owns  two  further 
paint  application  brands,  Rolling  Stock 
and  ACA  Marine  which  were  acquired 
through  merger 
acquisition 
respectively. During 2019 the Rolling Stock 
and ACA Marine brands were scaled back 
as  customers  have  been  migrated  to  the 
principal Pinmar brand. 

and 

A BRIEF HISTORY OF GYG PLC

5
7
9
1

•  Pinmar was 
founded in 
Palma de 
Mallorca, 
Spain

9
8
9
1

•  Rolling Stock 
was founded  
in Palma de 
Mallorca, Spain

3
0
0
2

•  Management 

buyout 
supported by 
Ferretti and 
Permira, Italy

9
0
0
2

•  Expansion to the USA  
(Florida) through the 
acquisition of Classic  
Yacht Refinishing Inc.

2
1
0
2

•  Management buy out  

of Ferretti shareholding  
in December 2011

•  Creation of the  
Global Yachting 
Group through 
the merger  
of Pinmar and 
Rolling Stock 
companies

2
8
9
1

•  Pinmar Supply 
& Wholesale 
division  
was created

2
9
9
1

5
0
0
2

•  Pinmar became 

Awlgrip’s  
distributor  
for Spain

•  Expansion 
to Marina 
Barcelona, 
Spain

•  Purchase of the Techno 

Craft, S.L. and Andamios  
de Baleares, S.L. businesses  
(expansion into scaffolding  
& covering company)

•  Expansion into Germany and 
superyacht New Build market

•  Pinmar ISO 9001 & 14001 

certification

0
1
0
2

•  Completion  

of the world’s 
largest  
superyacht

04 GYG plc

GYG global operations
   Major Bases

SEATTLE 
USA

RYBOVICH
WEST PALM BEACH, 
USA

USA

NEWPORT
USA

SAVANNAH
YACHT CENTER
GEORGIA, 
USA 

DERECKTOR
FORT LAUDERDALE, 
USA

Overview

AMSTERDAM 
HOLLAND

HEESEN YACHTS
OSS, HOLLAND

NOBISKRUG 
GERMANY

MAGMA
PORTSMOUTH, UK

PENDENNIS
FALMOUTH, UK

DAMEN/AMELS
HOLLAND

OCEANCO
HOLLAND

FEADSHIP
HOLLAND

ROYAL 
HUISMAN, 
HOLLAND

ATLANTIC REFIT CENTER
LA ROCHELLE, FRANCE

FREIRE  
VIGO, SPAIN

UK

HOLLAND

GERMANY

FRANCE

ITALY

MB92
BARCELONA, SPAIN

SPAIN

NAVANTIA
CARTAGENA, SPAIN

MB92 
LA CIOTAT, FRANCE

MONACO MARINE
LA CIOTAT, FRANCE

STP
PALMA, SPAIN

ASTILLEROS DE
MALLORCA
PALMA, SPAIN

PORT ADRIANO
PALMA, SPAIN 

KUSCH YACHTS
WEWELSFLETH, GERMANY

DÖRRIES YACHTS
BREMERHAVEN, GERMANY

LLOYD WERFT
BREMERHAVEN, GERMANY

HAMBURG, GERMANY

LÜRSSEN 
BREMEN, GERMANY

BENETTI
VIAREGGIO, ITALY

PALUMBO 
ANCONA, ITALY    

FERRETTI AND WALLY 
ITALY

IMS 300, IMS 700
FRANCE

PALUMBO 
MALTA

DAMEN NIKILAT 
QATAR

LABUAN SHIPYARD
MALAYSIA

6
1
0
2

•  GYG management 

buyout with 
support from 
Lonsdale Capital 
Partners to 
expand the Group

8
1
0
2

• GYG opens new hub in 
La Ciotat, France with 
its Pinmar, Pinmar Yacht 
Supply and Technocraft 
brands supplying Refit 
and Supply services to 
shipyards and superyachts

• Pinmar launches  

• Pinmar Yacht 

a major marketing 
campaign aimed 
at growing market 
share in northern 
European New 
Build sector

Supply expands 
its superyacht 
supply business 
with the addition 
of new retail 
partners 

• 

4
1
0
2

•  Consolidation  

of GYG into the  
New Build market

•  Creation of GYG 

Germany and GYG 
Central Services

•  Complete 

restructuring of the 
Group’s companies

7
1
0
2

• Global Yachting 

Group floated on 
the London Stock 
Exchange’s AIM 
market changing 
the name to GYG plc

9
1
0
2

• Acquisition of ACA  
Marine business  
in France

0
2
0
2

• Pinmar signs 6 New Build  

contracts with major northern 
European shipyards

• GYG consolidates brands to leverage 
market leading Pinmar brand globally

• Pinmar opens new base at Savannah 
Yacht Center, Georgia increasing 
capacity for 70m+ yacht refits  
in the USA

• The Group signs its largest turnkey 

Refit project to date, to be completed 
in Germany

• Pinmar uses AkzoNobel’s  

revolutionary Awlfair SF spray  
filler application technology  
on first superyacht New Build project

• Pinmar Yacht Supply unveils new  

yacht-centric strategy supported by 
new leadership team and branding

Annual report and financial statements 2020 05

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
W H A T   W E   D O

GYG’s operations can be divided in to two key markets:

•  Coatings – which is split into two segments:

New  Build  –  involves  the  fairing  and  painting  of  new  superyachts  in  the  latter 
stages of a multiyear construction process 

Refit – the repainting and refinishing of superyachts, normally as part of a major 
refit and maintenance programme, a process which includes bespoke scaffold 
containment systems and yacht hardware removal, repair and reinstallation 

•  Supply – the sale and delivery of maintenance materials, consumables, spare 
parts and equipment to superyachts and trade customers via direct yacht sales 
and from retail stores across Europe’s main shipyards

down from painter to painter. The process 
had  not  really  been  modernised  in  any 
significant  way  for  a  long  time  until  
the  recent 
introduction  of  Awlgrip’s 
remarkable new sprayable filler product, 
Awlfair  SF,  with  the  results  from  our 
recent  trial  project  demonstrating  to  us 
that this new technology will offer a step 
change  in  both  the  time  and  quality  of 
fairing for large New Build projects.

After  several  phases  of  sanding  and 
cleaning,  paint primers are then applied 
to seal the filler and provide a consistent 
surface  for  the  topcoats.  After  multiple 
cycles with detailed inspections between 
each application, the entire yacht is then 
prepared  for  the  final  application  of 
topcoats. This final stage involves a team 
of 
specialist  
top-coaters  working  as  a  cohesive  
unit  and,  using  the  latest  electrostatic 
spray  guns,  they  apply  several  hundred 
litres  of  specialist  marine  paints  to 
achieve the high gloss superyacht finish.

experienced 

highly 

GYG’s  highly  developed  production 
to 
are 
methodologies 

designed 

synchronise  with  those  of  the  shipyard 
and  other  sub-contractors  to  ensure 
maximum speed, efficiency, and control 
during each project. Quality, safety, and 
environmental controls are fundamental 
to  the  production  process  ensuring  the 
quality  of  the  finish,  whilst  minimising 
the environmental impacts and ensuring 
the  safety  of  the  workforce.  GYG’s 
pioneering  introduction  of  electrostatic 
paint spraying to the superyacht sector 
has  led  to  significant  improvements  in 
the application process and consistency 
of  the  finish  quality.  Most  importantly, 
with  a  60% 
in  paint 
transfer,  it  has  resulted  in  a  significant 
reduction in waste.

improvement 

Pinmar is a leading paint applicator in the 
industry and is one of the preferred paint 
contractors to several of the largest and 
most  prestigious  shipyards  in  northern 
Europe.  This  ensures  a  consistent  and 
visible forward Order Book. The Group is 
growing  its  market  share  in  the  70m+ 
New Build sector by establishing further 
long-term  supplier  relationships  with 
major shipbuilders.

NEW BUILD

The exterior finish of a superyacht is a key 
part of the construction process ensuring 
the physical integrity and performance of 
the  hull  and  superstructure.  It  is  also 
fundamental  to  the  aesthetics  of  the 
finished yacht emphasising the sleekness 
of design and the product’s quality. 

on 

the 

The  time  demanding  process  of  fairing 
and  finishing  a  superyacht  comprises 
many  complex  stages  and  can  take 
upwards  of  twelve  months  to  complete 
depending 
construction 
methodology  and  size  of  the  yacht. 
Starting  with  a  fresh  steel  or  aluminium 
substrate,  complete  with  all  its  surface 
imperfections,  the  process  commences 
with  the  application  of  several  layers  of 
specialist  epoxy  filler  compound  to 
gradually build up a seamless base across 
several  thousand  square  meters  of 
surface area to create the smooth lines of 
the yacht design.

Traditionally,  our  fairing  process  had  an 
artisanal  approach.  It  is  very  labour-
intensive  and  based  on  highly  skilled 
individuals  using  techniques  handed 

06 GYG plc

REFIT

Superyacht  marine  paints  used  above 
the  waterline1  have  an  effective  life  of 
4-6  years  depending  upon  yacht  use 
and environmental factors, necessitating 
a  regular  refinishing  cycle  throughout 
the  yacht’s  life.  Superyachts  require  a 
major Refit inspection and service every 
five  years  to  comply  with  maritime 
industry class regulations. Consequently, 
owners  often  use  the  major  service 
periods as an opportunity for re-painting 
their superyachts as there are significant 
cost  saving  and  schedule  synergies  by 
combining 
these  activities.  Yachts 
typically  undertake  an  annual  haul  out 
to  renew  anti-fouling  and  to  undertake 
general maintenance to keep the vessels 
in optimum condition. 

the 

Large superyachts can be painted in or 
out of the water, or in specialist dry dock 
necessary 
facilities  provided 
scaffolding  and  containment  systems 
are  used  to  facilitate  safe  access  and 
create a controlled working environment. 
Before  the  paint  team  can  start  work 
preparing  the  vessel,  specialist  teams 
dismantle  and  remove  all  the  exterior 
fittings  from  the  yacht.  The  Refit  paint 
process  involves  the  identification  and 
treatment  of  any  corrosion  or  damage 
to the substrates. This is followed by an 
intensive cycle of sanding and cleaning 
to remove the old paint system and any 
contaminants.  New  primers  are  then 

SUPPLY

Based in Spain with the ability to serve 
clients  anywhere  in  the  world,  Pinmar 
Yacht  Supply  offers  a  comprehensive 
selection  of  marine  products  to  trade, 
retail  customers  and  direct  supply  to 
superyachts worldwide. 

Superyacht Supply Team – Superyachts’ 
requirement  for  a  reliable  and  efficient 
supply service remains constant wherever 
the location. Pinmar Yacht Supply’s yacht 
distribution  team  service  this  need  
by  organising  the  logistics  of  shipping 
goods to marinas around the world. The 
Pinmar  Yacht  Supply  team  also  offer  a 
shore  support  service  in  Spain  which 
includes  the  arrangement  of  Temporary 
Importation  Agreements  providing  relief 
from  withholding  taxes  during  Refit 
periods  as  well  as  concierge  services. 
Pinmar Yacht Supply is able to provide a 
fast, efficient and reliable service across a 
diverse range of requirements to a large 
fleet of superyachts.

Retail  Division  –  Through  its  fixed  and 
mobile  chandlery  outlets  in  Palma  and 

Overview

applied to re-seal the paint system and 
provide a consistent surface for the top 
coating  system.  Depending  on  the 
colour and type of finish, at least 3 layers 
of  topcoats  will  then  be  applied  using 
the 
latest  electrostatic  application 
technology.  Final  inspections  are  made 
to  ensure  the  requisite  film  thickness, 
gloss  and  quality  of  finish  are  achieved 
before  the  support 
is 
removed  and  the  yacht  can  be  handed 
back to the captain and crew to maintain. 
A typical 70m yacht Refit will take 12-14 
weeks and several thousand man-hours 
to complete.

infrastructure 

Pinmar  has  unrivalled  experience  in  the 
superyacht  Refit  market  having  painted 
more  yachts  over  40m  than  any  other 
company.  It  now  focuses  on  the  50m+ 
market where the scale and complexities 

of  completing  a  major  Refit  project  in  a 
short  window  are  significant.  Decision 
makers,  be 
they  captains,  owners’ 
representatives, management companies 
or  shipyards,  are  seeking  the  most 
qualified  and  experienced  partners  who 
can  deliver  the  highest  quality,  mitigate 
risk  and  also  provide  the  best  warranty 
and  after-sales  service.  Pinmar  offers  a 
unique proposition encompassing turnkey 
solutions,  premium  quality,  geographic 
scope and a global warranty. Pinmar leads 
the  industry  in  terms  of  quality  and  has 
preferred  partnership  agreements  with 
many  of  the  largest  Refit  yards  in  Spain, 
France, Holland, Germany and the USA.

1  As  opposed  to  anti-fouling  paint  systems 
used below the waterline that require annual 
or bi-annual applications to function correctly.

Barcelona  and  its  retail  partner  network, 
Pinmar  Yacht  Supply  offers  an  extensive 
range  of  nautical  brands  to  superyachts 
and 
the  supporting  marine  service 
industry.  The  portfolio  is  segmented  by 
bridge,  deck,  galley,  engine  room,  toys, 
uniforms  and  safety  equipment.  With 
shops located in major shipyards and an 
experienced  retail  staff  with  expert 
product knowledge, Pinmar Yacht Supply 
offers a professional service underpinned 
competitive  pricing  and  high 
by 
availability  of  stock  as  a  result  of  the 
Group’s major distribution agreements.

Trade Distribution – Pinmar Yacht Supply 
is one of the principal distributors in Spain 
for  AkzoNobel  marine  paint  brands,  
3M  abrasives  and  other  major  product 
manufacturers.  Through 
the  buying 
power created by the scale of the Group, 
Pinmar  Yacht  Supply  can  negotiate 
favourable  rates  on  core  product  lines. 
The  combination  of  competitive  prices, 
key  account  management  and  first-class 
service 
attractive  
in 
supply proposition. 

results 

an 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 07

M A R K E T   S I Z E   A N D   
G R O W T H   F O R E C A S T

The total superyacht fleet, defined by yachts over 30m 
in  length,  stood  at  5,7191  vessels  at  the  end  of  2020.  
GYG  operates  in  the  40m+  segment  which  largely 
discounts  the  volume  produced  models  to  focus  on 
semi-custom  and  custom  built  yachts  with  metallic 
structures,  greater  operational  budgets,  and  more 
rigorous maintenance programmes

The  40m+  superyacht  fleet  currently  comprises  of 
2,096  superyachts  and  continues  to  grow,  with  
a  projected  compound  annual  growth  rate  (CAGR)  
of  2.9%  over  the  next  five  years.  While  the  growth  
rate  itself  is  slowing  as  the  fleet  size  increases,  there  
are  clear  signs  of  stability  and  consistency  in  unitary 

THE NEW BUILD MARKET

output each year. We are beginning to see widespread 
investment  in  new  or  acquired  facilities  amongst  the 
world’s leading New Build shipyards in order to increase 
their production capacity in the longer term.

During an unprecedented 12-month period, the growth 
of  the  40m+  fleet  slowed  materially  in  2020,  yet  its 
rebound  is  forecast  to  be  both  immediate  and  robust. 
Fleet  growth  in  2021  is  projected  to  spike  to  3.3%, 
caused chiefly by the number of 2020 project deliveries 
delayed into 2021 due to the widespread restrictions on 
movement in major European yacht building territories 
during the COVID-19 pandemic.

GLOBAL SUPERYACHT DELIVERIES & FORWARD ORDER BOOK

ESTIMATED 2020 NEW BUILD MARKET VALUE BY REGION

69

64

64

62

65

€4.2m
€4.2m

€2.4m
€2.4m

67

5

8

15

65

6

7

17

70

6

12

20

61

6

6

16

54

4
8

20

35

39

32

33

22

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Launched

40-50m

50-70m

70-90m

90m+

Deliveries

Actual

Forcast

The 40m+ New Build market has seen a period of stability 
and consistency since 2015 and current output levels are 
predicted to deliver a steady fleet growth of 2.9% CAGR 
through to 2025.

The  New  Build  Order  Book  for  2021  shows  a  surfeit  of 
projects in build and scheduled for delivery in 2021 (101 
vessels1). However, this figure is distorted by the delayed 
projects  from  2020  as  well  as  the  tendency  of  semi-
custom  builders  to  part-build  vessels  and  then  halt 
production until a buyer is secured. In any given year, it is 
to  be  expected  that  the  New  Build  market  will  fail  to 
deliver  around  20  per  cent  of  the  projects  that  were 
forecast  by  the  builders  themselves.  A  more  realistic 
forecast  is  presented  in  the  above  chart  based  on 
historical performance.

As stated above, the 70-90m and 90m+ segments where 
GYG is most competitive are growing faster in percentage 
terms  than  the  smaller  LOA  segments.  This  has  an 
exponential effect on the size of the addressable market 
in terms of the square meterage (m2) and consequently 
value (€). The estimated market value of the New Build 
paint  market  in  2020  dropped  marginally  to  c.€132m 
(c.€140m  in  2019),  but  this  is  forecast  to  recover  to  an 
estimated  c.€166m  in  20212.  With  a  forecasted  average 

08 GYG plc

€52.1m
€52.1m

€40.4m
€40.4m

(cid:31)131.9m
(cid:31)131.9m

ESTIMATED
ESTIMATED
MARKET
MARKET
VALUE
VALUE

€20.0m
€20.0m

€12.9m
€12.9m

ROW
ROW
Turkey
Turkey
Germany
Germany
United States
United States
Netherlands
Netherlands
Italy
Italy

market  value  of  c.€154m  per  annum  over  the  next  five 
years,  there  is  an  indication  that  the  new-build  paint 
market is growing in value as a whole.

Whilst  Italy  is  by  far  the  largest  producer  of  superyachts  
by unitary volume (54% in 2020), the Dutch and German 
shipyards  both  hold  significant  market  shares  when 
measured by value with 31% and 15% respectively, compared 
with Italy’s 39% by value. These comparative market value 
figures are also influenced by varying rates between regions 
with  the  northern  European  shipyards  generally  yielding 
higher rates per m2 than both Italy and Turkey. 

The  overall  market  growth  of  the  superyacht  fleet 
correlates  to  the  global  increase  in  the  number  of 
billionaires (UHNWI’s) which has risen from 1,011 in 2010 
to 2,095 in 20203 and this figure is expected to grow by 
a  further  22.3%  to  2,563  by  2025.  The  U.S.  remains  the 
single most productive nation in terms of generating new 
billionaires,  with  US  clients  remaining  the  superyacht 
industry’s primary client market across all major sectors.

1 Source: The Superyacht Agency Intelligence Report for GYG plc Feb 2021. 

2 Forward forecasts of market value are based on static estimates of 2020/21 

achieveble rates/m2 with no indexing

3 Source: Forbes.com Feb 2021.

Overall,  while  2020  itself  represented  a  slowdown  in 
expected cumulative output, replenishment of the New 
Build Order Book and the backlog of work created by 
the delays means the projection for the market in 2021 
is  better  across  every  segment  than  it  was  12  months 
ago.  The  larger  LOA*  segments  of  70-90m  and  90m+ 
continue to exhibit the highest growth rates reflecting 
the ongoing market trend for larger superyachts

1 Source: The Superyacht Agency Intelligence Report for GYG plc Feb 2021. Unless 

otherwise stated all market estimates and forecasts are sourced from  
The Superyacht Agency Intelligence Report.

* LOA = Length Overall

Overview
Overview

GROWTH OF THE 40M+ FLEET

1981 2042 2096 2165

91

165

97

174

87

157

1844 1911

75

139

81

151

70

131

2229 2293 2355 2420

102

183

108

192

113

200

119

209

552

567

587

603

623

640

658

675

693

711

1162

1195

1130

1349
1217
1091
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
50-70m
Launched
Actual
Deliveries

40-50m

70-90m

90m+

1254

1286

Forcast

1318

1381
2025

THE REFIT MARKET

The  Refit  market  is  driven  by  the  life  cycle  of  the  paint 
system which is typically 4-6 years depending on the usage 
and  cruising  patterns  of  each  yacht.  The  timing  of  the  
re-painting is flexible although superyachts must undergo 
regular maintenance cycles every 5 years to comply with 
their  registry,  class  and  insurance  requirements.  Owners 
and  yacht  management  companies  prefer  to  take  the 
opportunity to undertake repainting work whilst the yacht 
is  out  of  service  for  its  Refit  survey,  consequently  major 
paintwork tends to follow a 5-year cycle.

The Refit market is underpinned by approximately 20% 
of the active fleet typically due for paintwork each year 
due to the 5-year cycle and continues to grow in line with 
the  increasing  size  of  the  global  superyacht  fleet.  The 
estimated number of yachts over 40m that were due for 
paintwork in 2020 was 3561, however the actual number 

of  projects  completed  is  expected  to  be  significantly 
lower  due  to  the  disruption  caused  by  the  COVID-19 
pandemic.  Due  to  the  fragmented  nature  of  the  Refit 
market, there remains no accurate industry data on the 
actual performance of the annual paint market.

The value of the addressable market of Refit paintwork 
is estimated to grow slightly faster than the number of 
projects, due to the ever-increasing size of superyachts 
joining  the  global  fleet.  Revised  market  estimates 
suggest that the current annual value of the Refit paint 
market  is  c.€279m  and  will  grow  to  an  estimated 
c.€335m  by  2025  (CAGR  3.7%)  with  the  70-90m  and 
90m+  segments  exhibiting  higher  growth  rates,  5.6% 
and 6.7% respectively.

1 Source: The Superyacht Agency Intelligence Report for GYG plc Feb 2021.

ESTIMATED FORECAST OF VOLUME OF THE  
40M+ REFIT PAINT MARKET

382
382

395
395

408
408

356
356

368
368

419
419

ESTIMATED FORECAST OF VALUE OF THE  
40M+ REFIT PAINT MARKET

€301.3m
€301.3m

€313.2m
€313.2m

€324.4m
€324.4m

€335.2m
€335.2m

€289.2m
€289.2m

€278.9m
€278.9m

s
s
t
t
c
c
e
e
o
o
r
r
P
P

j
j

l
l

a
a
t
t
o
o
T
T

l
l

e
e
u
u
a
a
V
V
y
y
l
l
r
r
a
a
e
e
Y
Y

2020
2020

2021
2021

2022
2022

2023
2023

2024
2024

2025
2025

2020
2020

2021
2021

2022
2022

2023
2023

2024
2024

2025
2025

40-50m
40-50m

50-70m
50-70m

70-90m
70-90m

90m+
90m+

Total
Total

40-50m
40-50m

50-70m
50-70m

70-90m
70-90m

90m+
90m+

Total
Total

Annual report and financial statements 2020 09

 
 
 
 
 
 
C H A I R M A N ’ S   
S T A T E M E N T

“ In  what  has  been  the  most 

challenging year in recent memory  
I  would 
like  to  acknowledge  
the  tremendous  efforts  by  all  
GYG  employees  and  thank  our 
customers  and  industry  partners 
for  their  continued  support.  Our 
thoughts  are  with  those  whose 
lives have been impacted directly 
by the ongoing pandemic and our 
thanks go to all those continuously 
working  to  reduce  the  threat  

of COVID-19.”

10 GYG plc

This last year proved the value of our strategic focus in 2019 
on growing our addressable market, streamlining Company 
processes and core business activities, improving operational 
efficiencies  and  preparing  our  IT  infrastructure  to  support 
our  growth  ambitions.  Although  no  one  could  have  quite 
predicted  the  enormous 
impact  that  the  world  has 
experienced over the last 12 months, this put the Company in 
a strong position to leverage its scale and effectively manage 
the considerable disruptions to our business and industry.

FINANCIAL RESULTS
Group  turnover  for  the  year  was  €58.9m,  a  decrease  of  7.7% 
over the €63.8m reported for 2019. The Group entered 2020 
with its strongest ever Order Book and this decrease reflects 
the direct impact of the pandemic on the Group. Pleasingly, no 
revenues were cancelled, however, some projects were delayed 
from  Q4  2020  into  Q1  2021.  The  Coatings  division  revenue 
decreased 5.4% to €50.8m (FY19: €53.7m). The Supply division 
revenue  was  down  19.8%  to  €8.1m  (FY19:  €10.1m),  reflecting  
the considerable disruption to the retail sector during this time.

improvement 

Despite  the  exceptional  trading  conditions  experienced,  
in-line  with  our  stated  strategy,  management  delivered  
a  significant 
in  the  Group’s  operational 
efficiency resulting in a 15.6% increase in Adjusted EBITDA to 
€5.2m (FY19: €4.5m), and an operating profit before tax of 
€1.2m (FY19: €1.3m). The 170 bps improvement in adjusted 
EBITDA  margin  to  8.8%  (FY19:  7.1%)  reflects  the  Group’s 
strategic  focus  on  continual  improvement  in  operational 
performance, including innovative new technologies.

These  results  demonstrate  an  outstanding  effort  from  the 
whole team. The increase in adjusted EBITDA and operating 
profit highlights the significant progress that the Group has 
continued  to  make  from  the  foundations  set  in  2019  and 
shows  further  delivery  of  the  Board’s  strategy  to  improve 
margins, embrace innovation and enhance both the quality 
and sustainability of earnings.

DIVIDEND
The Board believes it was in the best interest of the Company 
not  to  declare  an  interim  dividend  in  2020  or  propose  
a  dividend  for  the  full  year,  as  the  Group  continues  to 
strengthen  the  balance  sheet  and  expand  the  scale  of  its 
activities. However, it remains the Board´s intention to return 
to the dividend list at the earliest appropriate opportunity.

FINANCIAL POSITION
The  Group’s  overall  financial  position  remained  relatively 
solid  in  the  year.  The  reduced  revenues  as  a  result  of  the 
pandemic impacted operating cashflows during the year and 
as a result, net borrowings increased to €8.8m (FY19: €4.4m).

On 30 June 2020, as part of its response to the pandemic, 
the  Group  entered  into  new  borrowing  facilities  of  €3.0m 
through a Spanish government sponsored programme. The 
new  facilities  have  a  12-month  repayment  holiday  and  are 
then repaid over the subsequent 24 months.

Post  period  end,  in  March  2021,  the  Group  amended  its 
existing borrowing facilities with its lenders. Under the terms 
of the amended agreement, Facility B, which was due to be 
repaid  in  March  2021,  is  now  repayable  in  four  tranches  of 
€1.0m starting in June 2021 and ending in December 2022. 
Facility A was repaid in early April 2021. 

Strategic Report

As  part  of  the  amendment,  an  additional  €1.0m  of  revolving 
credit, factoring and discounting facilities were made available 
to the Group. The continued support from the Group’s lenders 
provides further stability and strength to the balance sheet as 
we emerge from the pandemic.

PEOPLE AND ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
I am humbled by the resilience and compassion of our employees 
in what has been the most extraordinary year that many of us have 
experienced. The team have adapted quickly to differing lockdown 
restrictions and travel parameters across our diverse geographic 
operations and have done so with professionalism and dedication. 

Management have made significant progress in strengthening the 
team particularly in response to our increased level of New Build 
activity  across  Northern  Europe,  along  with  improving  core 
processes  and  controls.  The  team  are  currently  investigating 
opportunities  to  upgrade  IT  systems  to  increase  automation, 
improve operational efficiency and scale for future growth.

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND CLIMATE CHANGE
GYG recognises climate change as the biggest environmental 
threat the world currently faces and something that the Group 
must  play  an  active  role  in  trying  to  mitigate  across  its 
operations.  Accordingly,  in  conjunction  with  our  assessment 
and adoption of new technologies, the Group has commenced 
its  first  review  of  how  all  our  businesses  contribute  towards 
climate change. As the largest division of the Group’s activities, 
the initial priority is to focus on our Coatings operations where 
we  already  utilise  the  electrostatic  paint  application,  which 
improves paint transfer efficiency and significantly reduces the 
potential environmental impact of overspray.

measure  our  performance  against  those  KPIs  in  2021  as  part  
of  a  baselining  exercise,  and  then  develop  plans  for  mitigating 
those impacts in the future. We will report on our performance 
against those KPIs on an annual basis going forward.

BREXIT
The Group invested time through the year to ensure that the 
appropriate planning and contingency processes were in place 
in  advance  of  the  UK’s  departure  from  the  European  Union. 
Due to the geographic spread of the Group’s operations across 
Europe and the US, the Board does not believe that Brexit has 
or will have a material impact on the Group’s future prospects.

OUTLOOK 
The Group has enjoyed a strong start to the current financial 
year with Q1 revenue 21% ahead of the same period last year. 
Notwithstanding  any  further  impact  from  the  pandemic,  this 
positive start to the year combined with a favourable sales mix 
and continued growth in our forward Order Book results in the 
Board looking to the future with confidence.

Shareholders will be aware that, on 9 April 2021, the Group was 
notified  that  one  of  the  Company´s  major  shareholders, 
Harwood Capital, was in the preliminary stages of evaluating a 
possible  offer  for  the  entire  issued  and  to  be  issued  share 
capital  of  the  Company.  As  of  today,  Harwood  has  made  no 
further  announcements  in  relation  to  this  possible  offer. 
Following publication of these results, it is the Board´s intention 
to  engage  with  independent  shareholders  to  appraise  them 
further of the current trading and prospects for GYG. When we 
have  feedback  from  independent  shareholders  in  relation  
to  the  Group´s  prospects  and  their  attitude  towards  the 
unsolicited possible offer, we will make a further announcement.

During 2021 we will set out the parts of our Coatings operations 
that have the greatest environmental impact. This will include the 
preparation  and  application  of  coatings  in  both  the  New  Build 
and Refit markets as well as transport and logistics. The goal is to 
assess  appropriate  KPIs  specific  to  our  environmental  impacts, 

Stephen Murphy 
Non-Executive Chairman

23 April 2021

Annual report and financial statements 2020 11

C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   
R E P O R T

“ The  operating  environment 

during  the  year  was  dominated  
by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  
its 
impact  around  the  world. 
Overall,  the  Group  delivered  a 
robust  performance  despite  the 
considerable  disruption  caused  
by  the  pandemic,  reflecting  the 
strategic focus and measures taken 
to  improve  operational  efficiency  
in 2019 which continued into 2020. 
As  a  result  of  these  measures,  
the  Group  was  in  a  far  stronger 
position to effectively manage and 
overcome  these  challenges  and 
starts  the  current  financial  year  

in a strong position. ”

12 GYG plc

We started 2020 with a record Order Book and we continued 
to build on this throughout the year, with a particular focus on 
higher  value,  longer-term  New  Build  contracts.  We  are 
currently working on several significant turnkey Refit projects, 
utilising  the  full-service  range  including  bespoke  scaffolding, 
containment,  hardware  removal,  caulking  and  complete 
repainting  alongside  five  New  Build  projects.  In  addition  to 
evolving a favourable sales mix, we remain focused on driving 
further  operational  efficiencies  and  margin  improvements 
across the Group. Despite the challenges we have faced, the 
market  fundamentals  remain  strong,  and  our  record  Order 
Book  not  only  demonstrates  our  clients’  conviction  in  the 
outlook for the industry and market but also provides better 
visibility, facilitates efficient planning, and gives us confidence 
for further market share gains in the year ahead

Since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic our priority has been 
the  health  and  safety  of  our  colleagues,  our  customers,  and 
the  wider  community  in  which  we  operate.  The  Group  has 
worked  tirelessly  across  our  operations,  contending  with 
changing restrictions, quarantines and lockdowns in different 
jurisdictions and I would like to thank our employees for their 
resilience, adaptability and professionalism during this time.

During  the  year,  new  working  practises  and  protocols  were 
needed to improve working conditions and to adhere to social 
distancing in our workplaces. The big initiative we took was to 
completely  reform  and  expand  our  Headquarters  in  Palma, 
which has allowed us to bring more colleagues and departments 
together  safely  in  this  building.  Our  organisational  structure 
has also been refined in line with this initiative, with a focus on 
efficient reporting lines and cross-department collaboration.

COVID-19
The Group responded quickly and effectively to mitigate the 
impacts of COVID-19 and saw a positive client response.

Please refer to our COVID-19 Statement for further details.

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
The  Group  delivered  revenues  of  €58.9m  in  the  year  ended  
31 December 2020 (FY19: €63.8m), a decrease of 7.7% but with 
a 15.6% increase in adjusted EBITDA to €5.2m (FY19: €4.5m), 
and  a  decrease  of  7.7%  in  operating  profit  to  €1.2m  (FY19: 
€1.3m).  Our  gross  margins  also  improved  with  our  average 
gross  margin  for  2020  at  29.9%,  up  from  23.5%  in  FY19.  This 
increase  in  adjusted  EBITDA  and  gross  margin  reflects  the 
committed  approach  to  improving  efficiencies  and  our  focus 
on cost reduction initiatives throughout the year. We ended the 
year with cash of €3.6m (FY19: €5.5m) and net debt of €11.8m, 
up from €8.2m in FY19.

This represents a commendable performance which has been 
delivered  in  the  most  extraordinary  trading  environment  that 
the Group has ever experienced, with its operations impacted 
by differing lockdown and travel restrictions across Europe and 
the US throughout the year.

Overall,  demand  for  the  Group’s  specialist  services  remained 
strong  with  some  owners  using  the  travel  restrictions  as  an 
opportunity  to  complete  maintenance  work  during  the, 
normally  quieter,  summer  months.  However,  as  per  previous 
guidance, some Q4 projects were delayed into Q1 2021 with an 
associated  deferral  in  revenues,  which  will  therefore  benefit 
future periods.

Strategic Report

DIVISIONAL REVIEW 
GYG’s activities are segmented between two divisions, Coatings 
and Supply. For the year ended 31 December 2020 the Coatings 
division delivered revenues of €50.8m (FY19: €53.7m), a reduction 
of 5.4%, but an 11.1% increase in adjusted EBITDA to €4.0m (FY19: 
€3.6m).  The  Supply  division  delivered  a  19.8%  reduction  in 
revenues to €8.1m (FY19: €10.1m) and a 22.2% increase in adjusted 
EBITDA to €1.1m (FY19: €0.9m).

COATINGS DIVISION
The  Group’s  Coatings  division  operates  under  the  40-year-old 
Pinmar  brand  and  works  globally  across  two  segments  of  the 
superyacht market, namely New Build and Refit. With a long and 
well-respected  history,  Pinmar  is  recognised  as  the  market-
leading  brand  in  superyacht  painting  with  a  reputation  for 
premium  quality  having  completed  the  fairing  and  finishing  on 
many of the world’s most prestigious superyachts.

A  typical  New  Build  project  will  involve  the  Group  fairing  and 
painting  a  new  superyacht  as  part  of  the  construction  process. 
Starting with the bare substrate of steel or aluminium, specialist 
teams  work  in  phases  to  smooth  out  any  irregularities  in  the 
surface material and provide a solid base to build up the different 
layers of the paint system ready for the final visible topcoat. Each 
layer  has  distinct  application  and  curing  requirements  and  
is crucial to the success of the overall system. The exterior finish  
of a superyacht is a key part of the construction process ensuring 
the physical integrity and performance of its hull and superstructure 
whilst being fundamental to the aesthetics of the finished yacht.

A full paint system is built up through many layers:

SUBSTRATE

PROTECTIVE PRIMER

FILLER

SURFACING FILLER

HIGH BUILD PRIMER

FINISHING PRIMER

TOP COAT

Annual report and financial statements 2020 13

C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   R E P O R T

( C O N T I N U E D )

Prompted both by the entry of new paint manufacturers to the 
formulation  and 
market  and  changes  to  the  technical 
performance  of  superyacht  paint  products,  the  Pinmar  Paint 
Standard 2.0 was launched in 2017 to give Pinmar clients an even 
better  understanding  of  the  quality  and  performance  of  their 
paint  work,  together  with  improved  peace  of  mind  during  the 
warranty period and beyond.

The  Group  also  offers  a  global  warranty  package  of  up  to  
24  months  on  New  Build  yachts  and  up  to  18  months  on  Refit 
work  with  a  unique  geographic  network  of  after-sale  refit 
locations on both sides of the Atlantic. Our warranty packages 
are backed up by product manufacturers and are available with 
an  optional  coatings  insurance  policy  which  strengthens  client 
confidence and reduces costs and reputational risk for shipyards. 
In conjunction with the Pinmar Paint Standard we are proud of 
our  recognised  high  quality  of  work  and  have  an  exceptionally 
low warranty claims history.

The Group’s ability to provide all the above services results in its 
uniquely  placed  position  to  offer  a  complete  turnkey  solution 
across  all  of  our  major  global  hubs.  This  provides  undeniable 
benefits for the client.

NEW BUILD
The Group enjoyed a significant increase in its market share of 
the higher value New Build segment in 2020 as a direct result of 
management’s  successful  strategy 
to  develop 
relationships  directly  with  the  leading  New  Build  shipyards  in 
Northern  Europe  and  has  achieved  preferred  supplier 
relationships with a large number of targeted yards.

in  2018 

GYG’s  geographical  New  Build  market  share  grows  depending 
on the propensity of shipyards within a given region to focus on 
large  custom  projects.  Our  independent  market  research 
estimates that between 2018 and 2022, the German New Build 
market  is  projected  to  deliver  21  projects,  with  GYG  holding  
a  19.0%  market  share.  When  one  considers  the  Dutch  market, 
which has a far more diverse product offering including the full 
spectrum of sizes, GYG’s market share accounts for 5.7% of the 
87  projects  delivered.  When  expressed  by  size  ranges  rather 
than geographical regions, GYG holds an estimated 8.9% market 
share  in  the  70-90m  segment  and  24.0%  for  90m+  projects 
delivered or in build between 2018 and 2022.

During  2020,  the  Coatings  division  was  active  on  an 
unprecedented  eight  New  Build  projects  across  Northern 
Europe, five of which were yachts between 70 metres and 100 
metres  and  three  100  metre+.  This  record  level  of  New  Build 
work  delivered  revenues  of  €13.3m,  an  increase  of  18.8%  over 
2019 (FY19: €11.2m). Five of these projects have continued into 
2021, including the major New Build contract signed in H1 2020 
for an 80+ metre yacht in a shipyard new to the Group. In Q2 
2021,  we  will  commence  work  on  the  previously  announced 
100+ metre New Build yacht in Europe.

The construction of a 100m New Build yacht would typically take 
30 months up to delivery, with fairing and painting contributing 
a  considerable  amount  of  the  overall  project  schedule  at  10-12 
months. The Group is typically engaged to provide a quote for a 
shipyard up to 2 years before the build is due to start, while the 
shipyard  is  still  in  the  bidding  process  for  the  project.  GYG 
services are traditionally contracted at the beginning of the build 
process,  with  the  fairing  phase  commencing  on  average  12-16 
months into the project. To that end, New Build projects typically 
offer a higher value, longer-term revenue stream for the Group in 
addition to future repeat revenues as potential Refit projects.

A Refit project can see the Group undertake a variety of activities 
including  bespoke  scaffolding  and  containment,  hardware 
removal, caulking (sealing joints and seams against leakage) and 
repainting  and  finishing,  which,  if  using  GYG’s  advanced 
scaffolding system, can be done while the vessel is in the water 
as  well  as  on  a  quayside  or  in  a  dry  dock.  Superyachts  require  
a major Refit inspection and service every five years to comply 
with maritime, insurance and industry regulations. Consequently, 
owners often use these major service periods as an opportunity 
to repaint their superyachts due to significant cost savings and 
schedule  synergies  by  combining  such  activities.  Regular  paint 
work  is  one  of  the  highest  single  costs  of  yacht  ownership, 
however  it  is  critical  to  support  the  life  of  the  yacht  and  to 
maintain an exceptional appearance, especially for those yachts 
in the fleet which undertake activity in the charter market.

The  size  and  complexity  of  new  superyachts  continues  to 
increase; in 2010 the average length of a Pinmar project was 54 
metres,  today  it  is  close  to  80  metres.  This  presents  new 
challenges for paint applicators especially with respect to time 
and quality. In response to these challenges, the Group is always 
at the forefront of innovation and continually works with leading 
industry  partners  to  introduce  market  leading  technology  into 
our  processes  such  as  electrostatic  paint  application,  and 
ground-breaking new products such as the Awlgrip HDT range 
and most recently Awlgrip Awlfair Sprayable Filler, a product and 
application  methodology  that  promises  a  step  change  in 
performance when filling and fairing New Build projects.

The  Group’s  scaffolding  brand,  Technocraft,  pioneered  the 
development of yacht scaffold and containment systems within 
Europe.  The  advanced  modular  construction  system  allows  for 
the entire scaffold structure to be supported by the yacht itself, 
removing the dependency on floating raft bases when conducting 
an in-water Refit, which in turn allows for much larger yachts to 
be repainted while remaining in the water. Offering this paint and 
scaffolding  services  as  a  turnkey  solution  is  unique  to  GYG; 
Technocraft’s ability to facilitate in-water refit enables the Group 
to work on considerably larger yachts and provides a competitive 
advantage  when  pitching  and  tendering  for  Refit  projects. 
Technocraft  services  as  part  of  a  Group  turnkey  Refit  solution 
contribute on average 15-20% to the total contract revenue.

Introduced in 2011, the Pinmar Paint Standard was the industry’s 
first comprehensive statement of how a client’s expected paint 
finish should be measured and agreed. Designed to be universally 
understood,  it  remains  the  most  exacting  and  comprehensive 
guideline in existence and defines the high standard achievable 
on Pinmar paint applications.

14 GYG plc

There is plenty of headroom for continued growth both within 
the  shipyards  that  the  Group  currently  serves  and  through 
developing  further  new  relationships  with  other  leading  yards. 
We have successfully recruited the middle management required 
to  sustain  an  increase  in  activity  across  these  new  yards.  The 
Group  has  been  invited  to  tender  for  an  increased  number  of 
contracts since becoming a preferred paint partner contracted 
directly  by  the  shipyards,  which  has  resulted  in  a  significant 
uplift  in  our  win  rate  and  delivered  a  stronger  forward  Order 
Book for New Build in 2021 and beyond, as detailed below.

REFIT
The  strong  sales  momentum  in  Refit  from  2019  continued  into 
2020 with the signing of several major new Refit contracts across 
our European operational bases.

On 22 October 2020, we announced the signing of a major Refit 
contract for a 115+ metre yacht in Germany with works started in 
Q4  2020  and  due  to  complete  in  H1  2021.  This  is  the  Group’s 
largest turnkey project to date where it will provide a number of 
Refit  services  including  bespoke  scaffolding  using  our  unique 
Technocraft  modular  system,  hardware  removal,  caulking  and 
complete  repainting.  The  project  consisted  of  646  tonnes  of 
scaffolding:  531  tonnes  for  the  main  structure  and  an  extra  115 
tonnes  for  the  roof.  We  used  a  unique  hard  roof  rather  than  a 
plastic  containment,  reducing  any  chances  of  weather-related 
impacts  or  damages.  The  scale  and  timeline  of  this  project 
highlights  the  Group’s  ability  to  deploy  its  unique  turnkey 
solution efficiently and at scale across Europe.

On 10 December 2020, we announced the signing of a turnkey 
Refit contract for a 100+ metre yacht scheduled to commence in 
Europe in 2022. Not only does this repeat business demonstrate 
our  client’s  satisfaction  for  the  level  of  service  we  provide, 
including the efficient deployment of our unique turnkey solution, 
but  also  by  signing  contracts  for  work  commencing  in  2022  it 
highlights their confidence in the outlook for the industry, further 
improving management’s forward visibility of the Order Book.

The  Group  generated  Refit  revenues  of  €37.4m  in  2020,  
a  decrease  of  12%  against  2019  (FY19:  €42.5m).  Uncertainty 
around  freedom  of  movement  due  to  COVID-19  restrictions 
impacted the normal Mediterranean cruising patterns and led to 
an  increase  in  Refit  work  over  the  summer  months,  which  are 
traditionally  quieter  periods  for  Refit.  However,  this  increase  in 
activity was mitigated by several projects being delayed from Q4 
into  Q1  2021,  with  an  associated  deferral  in  revenues  to  be 
recognised in future periods.

Having  a  strong,  consistent  and  visible  Order  Book  for  Refit, 
which  is  consistently  growing  through  repeat  business  from 
clients,  enables  the  operations  department  to  plan  and  control 
manpower,  materials  and  equipment  much  more  efficiently.  As 
crew members and management teams work across new yachts, 
this  promotes  our  services  to  new  clients  and  similarly,  as 
Captains  move  to  new  vessels,  this  too  acts  as  a  likely  new 
business stream as they remain loyal to the premium GYG service. 
With  better  in-house  intelligence  afforded  to  us  by  the  
CRM  system  we  can  track  the  vessels  in  the  active  superyacht 
fleet which are approaching the window for Refit work as part of 
their  5-year  maintenance  cycle.  This  allows  the  commercial 
department  to  proactively  engage  with  clients  much  earlier  in 
the bidding process.

Strategic Report

Concentrated  efforts  to 
improve  the  resource  utilisation, 
materials  management  and  information  systems  made  since 
2019  are  evident  in  the  improved  adjusted  EBITDA  and  gross 
margins recognised in 2020. Several new working practices have 
been introduced such as setting challenging man-hour budgets 
using new chronograms and monitoring the project efficiencies 
weekly to check that stated objectives are being achieved with 
the manpower stretch. In conjunction with the stretch, we have 
implemented a stringent manpower planning program. We also 
move  labour  from  project  to  project  in  a  very  proactive  way, 
reducing downtime so less overall labour is needed each month 
resulting in significant improvements in efficiency.

SUPPLY DIVISION
2020  was  a  challenging  year  for  the  Supply  division,  with 
turnover decreasing by 19.8% to €8.1m (FY19: €10.1m), reflecting 
the  global  challenges  faced  across  the  retail  sector  due  to  the 
strict COVID-19 restrictions.

During these unprecedented times, similar to all retail outlets, all 
Pinmar  Yacht  Supply  shops  had  to  completely  close  for  two 
weeks  in  April  and  trading  was  disrupted  for  a  further  two 
months  by  only  being  allowed  to  operate  as  click  &  collect 
outlets.  As  such,  the  Group  witnessed  a  shift  from  traditional 
retail and ad hoc purchasing to the adoption of more strategic 
buying  practices,  supported  by  digital  communications  and 
transactions. Like most businesses, superyachts are streamlining 
their  supply  chain  by  selecting  key  suppliers  who  can  provide 
them  a  fast,  efficient  and  personalised  service,  with  direct 
delivery to the yacht’s current or future location. These practices 
have  remained  in  place  after  the  easing  of  restrictions,  as  the 
advantages  became  clear  to  captains,  pursers,  and  fleet 
procurement managers.

In direct response to this, the Group announced the re-positioning 
of Pinmar Yacht Supply during 2020 to the superyacht market 
with  a  new 
leadership  team,  new  branding,  and  better 
presentation of our retail facilities. The division’s focus on direct 
yacht  sales  while  reducing  retail  space  and  consolidating  our 
product  lines  has  seen  very  positive  results.  The  new  Pinmar 
Yacht Supply branding is now carried across digital media, shops, 
retail partners, distribution centres and the delivery fleet.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 15

C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   R E P O R T

( C O N T I N U E D )

Pinmar Yacht Supply’s flagship superyacht retail store inside the 
MB92  Barcelona  yard  has  undergone  a  major  refresh  which 
enhances  the  experience  for  yacht  crews.  The  Mallorca  retail 
stores in Palma and the STP shipyard also underwent substantial 
improvements  to  create  a  better  experience  for  clients  and  to 
provide facilities for Pinmar Yacht Supply account managers to 
meet with superyacht captains and crew to discuss current and 
future purchasing requirements. The retail stores will continue to 
service  the  daily  chandlery  needs  of  yachts  in  Refit,  carrying  a 
focused range of key marine brands offering products including 
paints  and  varnishes,  cleaning  consumables  and  deck 
maintenance materials and tools.

Through intelligence sharing on our in-house CRM platform and 
the  integration  of  the  supply  services  into  the  sales  process  of 
the Coatings division, the Group can provide its customers with 
ongoing expert product knowledge and advice to secure future 
supply orders.

The  trade  business  continues  to  benefit  from  improvements  in 
account management and business development. A consolidation 
of warehousing capacity, coupled with organisational changes to 
purchase  and  supply  chain  management,  have  led  to  efficiency 
gains  and  cost  reductions  together  with  improvements  in  stock 
management  and  logistics  reflected  in  the  increase  in  adjusted 
EBITDA to €1.2m (FY19: €0.9m). We are seeing benefits such as 
reducing our high stock levels, clearing obsolete stock, and having 
better efficiency when supplying large orders across a sustained 
period and reclaiming unused materials from large projects.

We  remain  optimistic  about  the  prospects  for  this  division  in 
2021 and beyond as retail adjusts to the new normal and we take 
advantage  of  the  new  strategy  with  a  focus  on  commercial 
improvement and delivering value to our customers, with a new 
leadership  team  focusing  on  the  servicing  of  superyachts’ 
purchasing requirements. 

OPERATIONAL REVIEW
The  implementation  of  process  and  system  improvements, 
including 
infrastructure,  during  2019  provided  a  solid  
foundation  to  deliver  further  operational  efficiencies  in  2020,  
which has been reflected in our improved adjusted EBITDA margin.

IT 

Greater visibility in the Order Book and rigorous monitoring of 
manpower and asset utilisation rates has improved performance. 
Manpower  is  single  highest  cost  in  any  contract  and  the  
area where management see most ability to improve efficiencies. 
The  rigorous  focus  on  manpower  ratios  constitutes  one  of  the  
key  drivers  behind  margin  improvement.  The  Board  has  seen  
the  benefits  of  these  programmes  continue  in  the  first  few 
months of 2021.

In September 2020, the Group signed an exclusive distribution 
agreement  with  ALTRAD  plettac  assco  GmbH  (“Plettac”)  to 
distribute its specialised scaffolding equipment in the USA. This 
is  a  significant  opportunity  for  the  Group  to  offer  this  cutting-
edge equipment into one of the world’s largest markets, clearly 
differentiating GYG from other providers in the US, enabling the 
Group to work on larger yachts and provide its turnkey solution 
in  the  US.  The  scaffolding  material  arrived  in  the  US  at  the 
beginning  of  the  calendar  year  2021  and  is  being  used  on  two 
projects so far with a good reaction from the shipyards, who are 
keen to see further roll out of this scaffolding in the future.

GYG continues to develop its human resources function through 
a combination of structured in-house training programmes and 
strategic  recruitment.  We  are  continuing  to  strengthen  the 
management team introducing a mix of industry experience and 
related business expertise and remain comfortable with workload 
capacity at this current time.

Our  IT  team  continues  to  work  on  a  programme  of  system 
developments  to  automate  business  processes,  consolidate 
legacy  systems  and  provide  better  management  information 
leading  to  improvements  in  operational  planning  and  control. 
The significant upgrade of our core IT infrastructure in 2019 and 
an  investment  in  video  conferencing  equipment  allowed  us  to 
restructure  our  working  practices  to  minimise  the  effects  of 
remote working and considerably reduce travel expenditure.

We have successfully adapted our operational model in response 
to the lessons learnt during the COVID-19 pandemic and continue 
our  ongoing  programmes  to  improve  our  business  processes, 
systems and infrastructure to support growth and increase the 
efficiency of the Group.

ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY
During the various lockdowns seen across the world in 2020 it 
became  strikingly  apparent  the  damage  being  done  to  our 
planet, simply by living our daily lives. Whilst large parts of the 
world  were  restricted  to  their  homes,  we  saw  wildlife  return  in 
huge  numbers  and  a  noticeable  reduction  in  pollution  levels 
across all metrices. There is now a real focus on preserving our 
environment and we are supportive of a sustainability movement 
in the yachting industry.

The Group has in place an Environmental Management System 
certified by Lloyds Register following ISO 14001:2015 international 
standards. We currently have many in-house projects underway 
to reduce our impact on the environment, with the most recent 
initiative focusing on replacing all fluorescent and sodium vapour 
lamps  with  LED  lighting.  We  refresh  our  fleet  of  company 
vehicles when possible to modern, low emission models, and our 
paint facility in Palma has switched energy suppliers to one with 
a 100% certified renewable origin.

We partner with paint manufacturers, equipment manufacturers, 
and suppliers who are working to improve the industry’s attitude 
to  the  environment,  and  our  Supply  division  has  responded  to 
customer demand to stock eco-friendly solutions by launching a 
new  refill  station  with  a  range  of  ‘green’  day-to-day  cleaning 
products  from  a  key  supplier,  promoting  both  ecological 
products and a reduction in single use plastics. We continue to 
champion  innovative  technical  solutions  such  as  electrostatic 
paint  application,  which  offers  a  60%  improvement  in  paint-
transfer  efficiency  and  significantly  reduces  the  potential 
environmental impact of overspray.

GYG  is  part  of  several  local  business  clusters  with  other  key 
players in the yachting industry across its operations. The cluster 
based  around  the  La  Ciotat  Shipyard  in  France  is  working  to 
make  the  shipyard  more  sustainable  through  several  projects 
including shared water treatment and waste recycling. Working 
with our partners at MB92 Group, we are collaborating on two 
trial  projects  to  further  improve  our  existing  extraction  and 
filtration systems with an additional dust chamber to capture any 
left-over toxic gases. If the trials prove successful, then all future 
projects at MB92 facilities will employ this method.

16 GYG plc

Strategic Report

As always, we want to be at the forefront of the industry, and we 
will  embrace  any  positive  changes  that  reduce  the  Group  and 
wider industry’s impact on the environment.

MARKET DEVELOPMENTS
According to data provided by our independent market research 
in the pre-pandemic environment, 2020 was scheduled to be the 
most  productive  year  in  terms  of  40m+  New  Build  deliveries 
since 2011 and the equal fourth most productive New Build year 
in  history,  while  the  Refit  market  expected  c.350  yachts  to 
require  paint  work  as  part  of  their  5-year  cycle.  The  reality, 
however, proved to be very different as significant delays hit the 
manufacturing process across Europe and labour movement was 
severely  restricted  due  to  health  and  safety  protocols  in  each 
country. With that said, the market proved to be far more resilient 
than historical precedent would have suggested.

In any given year, it is to be expected that the New Build market 
will fail to deliver around 20% of the projects that were forecast by 
the builders themselves, as project schedules shift and ‘speculation’ 
builds  are  paused  awaiting  a  buyer.  This  is  based  on  historical 
performance and is a robust hypothesis. As such, even without the 
impact  of  the  pandemic,  it  is  likely  that  the  delivery  figures  for 
2020  would  have  been  closer  to  70  units,  which  is  in  line  with 
historical precedent and indicative of the market’s stability.

In 2020, a total of 54 40m+ superyachts were delivered, a 37.9% 
decrease from its predicted figure as a direct result of the impact 
of the pandemic. However, when one compares this to the more 
realistic  figure  of  70,  a  decrease  in  performance  of  22.8% 
suggests  that  the  market  performed  surprisingly  well  in  these 
unprecedented conditions.

As the market recovers, our latest research forecasts a spike in 
cumulative  New  Build  output  in  2021  caused  chiefly  by  the 
number of delayed project deliveries as a result of the pandemic. 
The Order Book for deliveries scheduled up to 2025 averages 65 

units  per  annum,  a  slight  increase  on  the  previous  five-year 
average of 63.4. The number of yachts due for Refit paintwork is 
projected  to  grow  from  2020  to  2025  by  an  average  of  17.7%, 
with the larger size 70-90m and 90m+ segments (GYG’s sweet 
spot) expected to see the most growth over this time, with 32.0% 
and 38.5% respectively. 

GROWTH STRATEGY
COATINGS
We continue to see positive results from our New Build strategy 
and are confident that our focus on securing preferred supplier 
status  within  the  key  Northern  European  shipyards  remains 
critical  to  delivering  long-term  growth.  These  yards  represent 
the premium segment of the 70m+ superyacht New Build market 
and  are  the  most  suited  to  GYG’s  high  quality  and  technically 
advanced  fairing  and  painting  services,  especially  as  the 
complexity of ships under construction increases. We have made 
very good progress in securing preferred supplier relationships 
with targeted yards that value disciplined project management, 
high-capacity  ability,  deliverability,  and  premium  quality 
craftsmanship. The Group has achieved a significant increase in 
its market share of this premium market segment with plenty of 
headroom for continued growth both within the yards it currently 
serves and through developing targeted new relationships with 
other leading shipbuilders. 

We remain closely aligned to our key Refit shipyard partners and 
continue  to  invest  in  our  own  facilities  and  resources  to 
complement  the  growth  at  our  strategic  locations,  in  line  with 
the  ever-growing  superyacht  fleet  and  their 
increasingly 
demanding Refit programmes. Our Refit strategy of promoting 
turnkey  solutions  across  our  geographic  locations  utilising  our 
entire  portfolio  of  services  is  proving  attractive  to  large 
superyachts,  especially  those  working  to  tight  Refit  schedules, 
who will benefit from the streamlined workflow, efficient decision 
making,  and  coordinated  after-service  and  global  warranty 
afforded by our offering.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 17

C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   R E P O R T

( C O N T I N U E D )

Our  strong  relationships  with  the  major  fleet  management 
companies continues to evolve as we see an increasing number 
of  our  target  yachts  coming  under  professional  management. 
Again,  our  strategy  to  offer  an  integrated  repair  and  supply 
solution  to  the  large  managed  fleets  provides  management 
companies with a unique proposition and integrated solution.

INNOVATION
Technical innovation lies at the heart of GYG’s offering, and the 
Group  continues  to  innovate  and  invest  in  new  application 
technology  and  training,  leveraging  its  strong  relationship  with 
all  the  main  superyacht  paint  manufacturers.  Remaining  at  the 
forefront  of  application  technology  and  quality  standards  
is  a  key  pillar  of  GYG’s  unique  proposition,  particularly  to  the 
New Build market. 

In  2020,  the  Group  partnered  with  AkzoNobel,  the  market 
leading yacht coatings specialist, to develop and trial the optimal 
application  methodology  for  its  revolutionary  new  sprayable 
filler product, Awlgrip Awlfair SF. This advanced new superyacht 
fairing  product,  which  has  been  in  the  development  stage  for 
over five years, is applied by pressurised airless spray rather than 
by hand, which allows for wet-on-wet application and up to two 
coatings  per  day  without  the  need  for  sanding  between  coats. 
The  spray  application  also  eliminates  air  pockets,  resulting  in 
reduced reworking and improved aesthetics.

This  new  product  marks  a  significant  development  for  paint 
applicators as it will provide a step change to the quality of the 
fairing  and  will  maximise  the  speed  and  efficiency  of  the 
application  process,  significantly  cutting  project  lengths.  The 
Group  was  pleased  to  announce  in  December  2020  that  this 
revolutionary technology will be used on two of the Group’s New 
Build  projects  one  of  which  being  M/Y  Black  Shark,  which  is 
being built by the Nobiskrug shipyard in Germany. It is a result of 
this  continued  focus  on  innovation  both  internally  and  with 
industry  leading  partners  which  further  differentiates  GYG, 
setting it apart from others in the sector.

The Group is also looking to take advantage of the knowledge 
gained  from  its  extensive  experience  utilising  the  electrostatic 
method  for  applying  topcoat  paints.  By  implementing  this 
application  technique  during  the  earlier  primer  phases  of  the 
paint system, which are still applied using the conventional spray 
method,  the  benefits  of  materials  savings,  improved  working 
conditions, a smoother application and a reduced environmental 
impact that come from electrostatic application can be realised 
further into the paint process.

SUPPLY
Our  growth  plan  for  the  Supply  division  centres  around  the 
recent realignment of Pinmar Yacht Supply’s brand and strategy, 
with greater focus on servicing the evolving purchasing needs of 
superyachts and extending our service proposition beyond our 
physical  locations  so  we  can  capture  a  greater  share  of  their 
annual spend.

A  key  part  of  the  strategy  is  the  collaboration  of  the  Group’s 
Supply  division  with  its  Coatings  division,  with  the  commercial 
teams taking a larger role in offering supply services to yachts 
under refit.

The Group continues to explore potential acquisition opportunities 
to enable expansion into new markets geographically or into new 
products  and  services  that  complement  the  Group’s  existing 
operations. The current environment looks favourable to identify 
earnings enhancing growth opportunities across the Group.

CURRENT TRADING AND OUTLOOK
I am delighted that the Group has delivered such a commendable 
2020 performance in the most extraordinary trading environment 
that GYG has ever experienced.

Despite  these  challenges,  the  Group  has  experienced  a  strong 
start  to  2021  with  Q1  revenues  21%  ahead  of  Q1  2020.  Yacht 
owners  are  keen  to  return  to  a  more  normal  cruising/charter 
season  in  2021  and  are  taking  a  ‘prepare  now,  enjoy  later’ 
approach which has led to a high number of Refit contracts in Q1, 
which  we  expect  will  continue  into  Q2.  In  addition,  the  market 
fundamentals remain strong and our record Order Book provides 
better  visibility,  facilitates  efficient  planning,  and  gives  us 
confidence for further market share gains in the year ahead.

The Total Order Book at 31 March 2021 stands at €41.1m which  
is 15% ahead of the same point in the prior year (31 March 2020: 
€35.6m).  The  Order  Book  for  2021  is  currently  €24.5m  which  
is a 41% increase when compared to 31 March 2020 Order Book 
of €17.4m.

Order  
Book  
at:

Total  
Order  
Book

Current 
Year

Forward 
Order 
Book*

31 March 2019

€38.8m

€16.7m

€22.1m

31 March 2020

€35.6m

€17.4m

€18.3m

31 March 2021

€41.1m

€24.5m

€16.6m

*  Forward  Order  Book  represents  orders  scheduled 

for 

completion in 2022 onwards

Looking ahead, as previously reported, we have seen a significant 
uplift in the volume of New Build contracts won by the Group, in 
addition  to  the  expected  flow  of  Refit  projects.  These  larger, 
higher value New Build contracts provide further evidence of the 
Group’s growing market share and will bring a greater degree of 
revenue visibility as well as being a driver for medium-term growth.

The  Group  has  successfully  implemented  adjustments  to  its 
operating  protocols  enabling  it  to  continue  production  safely 
and  efficiently  in  the  new  paradigm.  It  has  emerged  from  a 
difficult 2020 with solid momentum and is well placed to fulfil its 
strong Order Book and deliver sustainable long-term growth.

Remy Millott  
Chief Executive Officer

23 April 2021

18 GYG plc

 
Strategic Report

Annual report and financial statements 2020 19

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W   

F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Year ended  
31 December 2020 

Coatings 
(cid:29)’000

Supply 
(cid:29)’000

Total 
reportable 
segments 
(cid:29)’000

Revenue

50,760

8,138

58,898

Adjusted EBITDA

4,216

1,181

5,163

Year ended  
31 December 2019 

Coatings
(cid:29)’000

Supply
(cid:29)’000

Total 
reportable 
segments
(cid:29)’000

Revenue

53,718

10,109

63,827

Adjusted EBITDA

3,628

880

4,508

Revenue in the year ended 31 December 2020 decreased 7.7% to 
€58.9m  (FY19:  €63.8m).  This  was  driven  by  a  5.4%  decrease  in 
turnover  in  the  Coatings  division  and  a  19.8%  decrease  in  the 
Supply  Division.  Having  started  2020  with  the  strongest  Order 
Book in the Group´s history, the decrease in revenue reflects the 
impact of COVID pandemic on Group trading. Within Coatings, no 
contracts were lost or cancelled due to the pandemic but a number 
of  projects  suffered  delay  in  completion  and  a  number  of  new 
projects started later than originally scheduled. In Supply, trading 
was restricted when the lockdowns which occurred in Spain during 
the early stage of the pandemic forced the closure of the Group´s 
retail  outlets  and  our  ability  to  deliver  products  directly  to 
customers was limited by restrictions in the haulage sector.

As a result of increased operating efficiencies and the decrease in 
items, 
revenue,  operating  costs  (not 
impairment,  performance  share  plan  costs,  depreciation  and 
amortisation), decreased by 7.8% from €62.6m in FY19 to €57.7m 
in FY20. The Group´s operating margins began improving in 2019 
and this improvement continued throughout 2020, resulting in: 

including  exceptional 

•   an operating profit of €1.2m in the year (FY19: €1.3m); 

•  an adjusted EBITDA of €5.2m (FY19: €4.5m); and 

•  a  net  profit,  excluding  exceptional  items,  impairment  and 
performance share plan costs, for the year of €1.4m (FY19: €1.1m). 

The exceptional items of €1.0m in the year (FY19: €0.3m) related 
principally to additional costs incurred directly as a result of the 
pandemic. These costs are described in greater detail in the Covid 
Report. Additionally, there were some restructuring costs as part 
of a cost saving plan. These arose as the Group reorganised parts 
of its operations in response to the pandemic and to ensure that 
the Group was more resilient post pandemic. 

Financial expenses of €1.1m in the year (FY19: €0.8m) mainly related 
to  interest  on  the  syndicated  loan  signed  in  March  2016,  various 
working capital facilities, finance leases and foreign exchange rate.

EARNINGS PER SHARE AND DIVIDENDS
Net profit for the year was €0.3m (2019: €0.7m). Profit per share 
was €0.00 (FY19: €0.02 per share) and adjusted basic profit per 
share was €0.07 (FY19: €0.06). 

Basic earnings/(losses) per share are calculated by dividing net 
profit/(loss) for the year attributable to the Group (i.e. after tax 
and non-controlling interests) by the weighted average number 
of shares outstanding during that year. 

Diluted  earnings/(losses)  per  share  have  been  calculated  on  
a similar basis taking into account dilutive potential shares. 

Adjusted basic earnings are presented to eliminate the effect of 
the exceptional items, amortisation and impairment of intangible 
assets,  gains  on  financial  instruments  and  performance  share 
plan costs (considering the tax effect of these adjustments).

FINANCIAL POSITION
Cash and cash equivalents totalled €3.6m at 31 December 2020 
compared to €5.5m as at 31 December 2019. The decrease year on 
year  was  driven  principally  by  the  delay  to  revenues  from  2020 
into 2021 and the increased pressure on working capital amongst 
clients and suppliers. As a result, the net debt as at 31 December 
2020 was €11.8m, compared to €8.2m as at 31 December 2019. 

Total  net  assets  on  the  balance  sheet  were  €13.6m  as  at  
31 December 2020, compared to €13.3m as at 31 December 2019.

Year ended  
31 December 2020

Year ended  
31 December 2019

Earnings for the period attributable to shareholders (€000)

252

753

Weighted average number of shares 

46,640,000

46,640,000

Basic earnings per share (€)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (€)

0.00

0.07

0.02

0.06

Dilutive weighted average number of shares 

47,987,728

47,777,975

Diluted earnings per share (€)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (€)

0.00

0.07

0.02

0.06

The Board believed it was in the best interest of the Company not to pay a dividend in relation to FY20, however, it is the Board’s 
intention to return to the dividend list at the earliest appropriate opportunity.

20 GYG plc

 
Strategic Report

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On  12  April  2021,  the  Group  was  informed  that  Nobiskrug 
shipyard in Germany, where it was working on three projects, 
had entered into an insolvency process to allow it to restructure 
itself.  The  Group´s  existing  financial  exposure  to  this  yard  at 
the  time  of  this  announcement  was  €2.8  million  (excluding 
VAT). Subsequent discussions with the ultimate owners of the 
projects in this yard lead the Directors to remain confident that 
the  projects  will  all  be  completed  and  most,  if  not  all,  of  the 
outstanding  amount  will  be  recovered  in  due  course.  That 
having been said, there is a material risk that the Group may 
need to write off some part of this balance.

CASH FLOW
Net  cash  from  operating  activities  was  (€0.1m)  for  the  year 
(FY19: positive €2.9m). Net cash used in investing activities was  
€3.4m  for  the  year  (FY19:  €0.7m).  Net  cash  used  in  financing 
activities was €1.6m for the year (FY19: negative €1.8m) mainly 
corresponding to the repayment of existing borrowings, finance 
leases and proceeds from new bank borrowings.

Overall  net  cash  inflow  for  the  year  was  €1.9m  compared  to 
€0.5m for FY19.

FINANCIAL OUTLOOK
As  set  out  in  the  Chief  Executive´s  Report,  the  Directors  are 
confident  about  the  Group´s  prospects  going  forward.  That 
having  been  said,  the  uncertainty  surrounding  the  future 
evolution of the COVID pandemic is significant and is discussed 
in detail in the notes to the accounts. For this reason, the audit 

opinion in the 2020 accounts contains an emphasis of matter 
in respect of going concern as relates to change of ownership 
risk and severe but plausible downside risk although the audit 
opinion will remain unqualified. 

In March 2021, the Group amended its borrowing facilities with 
its existing lenders. Under the terms of the amended agreement, 
Facility  B,  which  was  due  to  be  repaid  in  March  2021,  is  now 
repayable in four tranches of €1.0 million starting in June 2021 
and  ending  in  December  2022.  Facility  A  was  repaid  in  early 
April 2021. As part of the amendment, an additional €1.0 million 
of  revolving  credit,  factoring  and  discounting  facilities  were 
made available to the Group.

As  things  stand  today,  the  Directors  are  confident  of  the 
Group´s ability to trade successfully through this going forward 
but, like all businesses, we are operating in a rapidly changing 
environment with a material element of unknown risk. 

KEVIN MCNAIR 
Chief Financial Officer

23 April 2021

K E Y   P E R F O R M A N C E   I N D I C A T O R S   ( “ K P I s ” )

KPI

Revenue

Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA profit/(loss)

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Operating profit

External net debt

Order Book

Cash

Net Assets

Average number of employees

31/12/2020

€58.9m

29.9%

€5.1m

8.7%

€1.2m

€11.8m

€52.9m

€3.6m

€13.6m

395

31/12/2019

€63.8m

23.5%

€4.5m

7.1%

€1.3m

€8.2m

€44.4m

€5.5m

€€13.3m

390

Despite the decrease in revenue during the period, the Group´s profitability improved as a result of increased operating efficiency. The 
Directors believe this trend will continue in the future. 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 21

R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   A N D   P R I N C I P A L   R I S K S

CATEGORY

RISK

DESCRIPTION 

MITIGATION 

COMMERCIAL

Business and 
competitive 
environment

REPUTATIONAL

Reputational 
risk

HUMAN 
RESOURCES

Key person 
dependency

•  The Group operates in a competitive 
environment and may not be able to 
sustain its current market positions if 
it fails to compete successfully.

•  A substantial portion of our revenues 
are  generated  from  our  recurring 
customers and the loss of any of these 
would adversely affect the Group.

•  Refit  still  represents  the  main  key 
segment  for  the  Group,  introducing 
cyclicality  in  the  Group’s  business. 
A  correct  balance  between  New 
Build,  Supply  and  Refit  would  help 
to reduce this adverse impact of the 
refit cyclicality.

•  The  Group’s  business  is  dependent 
on the demand for new super yachts 
and  for  ultra-high  net  worth  yacht 
owners,  which  may  not  grow  as 
anticipated  or  may  be  impacted  by 
general  economic  conditions  and/or 
changes in regulations.

•  The  Group’s  brands, 

image  and 
reputation constitute a significant part 
of our value proposition. Accordingly, 
any  event,  such  as  adverse  publicity 
or  a  significant  project  failure  or 
warranty  claim,  that  could  damage 
the  Group’s  image,  reputation  or 
brand, could have a material adverse 
effect on its business. 

•  The  Group’s  business  depends  on 
key  senior  management  and  highly 
skilled and technical employees. The 
departure  of  any  such  personnel 
or  the  failure  to  recruit  and  retain 
additional personnel, could adversely 
affect the Group’s business.

OPERATIONS

Adverse 
weather  
and changes  
in pattern 
cruises

•  Hurricanes  or  violent  storms  could 
cause  relevant  delays  in  operations. 
Due to our asset light model, the risk 
of  suffering  assets  damages  is  not 
relevant but there could be a change 
in  the  cruising  patterns  and  conflict 
the  capacity  plan  causing 
with 
potential delays.

•  Ensure continuous high-level quality standards 

in all services and products.

•  Programme  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of 
our  projects  and  ensure  that  we  optimise  the 
performance of our current production capacity. 

•  Continuous  market  analysis  to  detect  new 

opportunities.

•  Increase  the  number  and  location  of  key 

customers.

•  Continue  establishing  long  term  relationships 

with our clients.

•  Compliance in all regulatory matters.

•  Ensure  high  level  quality  in  all  services  and 

products.

•  A  properly  conceived  and  adequately 
resourced  communication  and  branding 
policy. 

•  Executive Directors are significant shareholders 
in the Company and have a vested interest in 
ensuring its continued success.

•  Succession  planning  is  in  place  for  senior 

positions.

•  Ensure  salary  and  benefits  to  be  appropriate 
to  the  position,  with  particular  attention 
paid  to  those  in  key  roles  to  help  ensure  the  
long-term success of the Group.

•  Analysis of weather forecasts.

•  In case of adverse weather, relocating the work 
as  a  consequence  of  the  different  locations 
in  which  the  Group  operates  and/or  evaluate 
potential  changes  in  the  expected  starting/
completion dates.

22 GYG plc

 
Strategic Report

CATEGORY

RISK

DESCRIPTION 

MITIGATION 

OPERATIONAL

Coronavirus 
(COVID-19)

•  The impact of the virus pandemic on 

operations across the Group.

FINANCE

Debt 
Management

FINANCE

Impairment

•  Financial 

handle 
acquisitions and growth opportunities. 

capacity 

to 

•  The Group must ensure that it has an 
adequate level of facilities to provide 
sufficient 
its 
businesses. 

funding  to  operate 

•  Inability 

to  meet 

financial 

commitments.

•  The  future  expected  cashflows  to 
be generated by the Group´s assets, 
intangible  or  financial,  fail 
either 
to  materialiseible  or  financial,  fail  
to materialise. 

•  Having reviewed the impact of the global and 
local responses to the virus, the principal risk 
is  that  potential  travel  restrictions  imposed 
by  either  national  governments  or  specific 
shipyards  or  the  suspension  of  operations  at 
specific  shipyards  cause  significant  delays 
in  the  Group´s  ability  to  start,  progress  or 
complete projects.

•  The Group is working with individual shipyards 
to monitor the situation and develop response 
plans.  The  Group  has  also  communicated  to 
employees  new  procedures  to  minimise  the 
spread of the virus.

•  In  light  of  the  containment  measures  both 
mandated and recommended by various public 
authorities  in  response  to  the  Coronavirus 
pandemic,  GYG  has  activated  a  contingency 
plan  for  the  health  and  safety  of  our  staff 
whilst  also  taking  precautions  to  continue 
working with our customers and partners. 

•  As  a  precaution,  we  are 

limiting  both 
domestic  and  international  travel  to  essential 
or  necessary  client  visits  but  all  clients  and 
partners  continued  to  be  well  informed  at  
a local level of any specific impacts.

•  Regular  cash  flow  forecasts  are  prepared  and 

reviewed.

•  The financial reporting model used to manage 
the cash flow includes the analysis and follow-
up of financial covenants.

•  The  levels  of  drawn  and  undrawn  facilities  are 
permanently  reviewed  and  the  headroom  of 
the  available  banking  facilities  and  covenant 
position  are  also  reviewed  and  discussed  at 
Board level on a monthly basis.

•  With  regards  to  intangible  assets,  Management 
regularly  reviews  forecasts  of  the  expected 
performance of each cash generating unit (CGU). 
To the extent that those forecasted cashflows do 
not justify the value of the associated intangible 
asset, an impairment charge is taken to recognise 
the loss of carrying value of the asset.

•  With  regard  to  financial  assets,  Management 
regularly  reviews  the  recoverability  of  those 
assets. To the extent that Management conclude 
that they will not be able to recover the full value 
of those assets, an impairment charge is taken to 
recognise the loss of carrying value of the asset.

FINANCE

International 
taxation

•  Individual countries can either increase 
or  decrease  their  rates  of  corporation 
local  taxes  which 
tax  and  other 
may  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
profitability and cashflow of the Group.

•  The  Group  regularly  reviews  specific  rates  of 
taxation in the countries where it operates. To the 
extent that it is commercially practical, Management 
will try to locate commercial operations in localities 
which have the most beneficial tax regimes.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 23

R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   
A N D   P R I N C I P A L   R I S K S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

CATEGORY

RISK

DESCRIPTION 

MITIGATION 

FINANCE

Brexit

from 

•  The  UK’s  withdrawal 

the 
European  Union  (Brexit)  and  the 
potential impact this may have upon 
the  business,  in  particular  in  the 
event  of  an  unfavourable  outcome 
in  respect  of  any  future  agreements 
between the UK and EU.

•  Having  reviewed  the  various  potential  areas  of 
the  Group´s  business  that  could  be  impacted 
by  Brexit,  Management  have  concluded  that 
is  unlikely  to  have  any  material  effect  on  the 
Group´s  operations  or  its  profitability.  This 
analysis is based on the following: 

-  The  Group´s 

functional  and 

reporting 
currency  is  the  Euro,  and  the  Group´s 
in  Spain, 
operations  are  mainly  based 
Germany,  the  Netherlands,  France  and  USA, 
although  it  occasionally  carries  out  projects 
in the UK and Italy. 

-  The vast majority of the Group´s revenues and 
costs are contracted and paid in Euros. The US 
business operates entirely in US dollars.

-  All of the Group´s lenders are EU institutions 
and  almost  all  the  banking  indebtedness 
is  Euro  denominated  (some  non-relevant 
banking operations are USD denominated).

S E C T I O N   1 7 2 ( 1 )   S T A T E M E N T

The  Directors  acknowledge  their  duty  under  s172  of  the 
Companies  Act  2006  and  consider  that  they  have,  both 
individually and together, acted in the way that, in good faith, 
would be most likely to promote the success of the Company 
for  the  benefit  of  its  members  as  a  whole.  In  doing  so,  they 
have had particular regard to: 

•  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term 

  The  Group’s 

long-term  strategic  objectives, 

including 
progress made during the year, and principal risks to these 
objectives,  are  set  out  in  the  Chief  Executive’s  Review  on 
pages  12  to  18  and  in  the  Risk  Management  and  Principal 
Risks section on pages 22 to 24 respectively.

•  the interests of the Company’s employees 

  Our employees are fundamental to us achieving our long-term 
strategic objectives, as more fully explained in Principle 3 of 
the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 33 and 34; 

•  the  need  to  foster  the  Company’s  business  relationships 

with suppliers, customer and others 

  A consideration of our relationship with wider stakeholders 
and  their  impact  on  our  long-term  strategic  objectives  is 
also  disclosed  in  Principle  3  of  the  Corporate  Governance 
Statement on pages 33 and 34; 

•  the  desirability  of  the  Company  maintaining  a  reputation 

for high standards of business conduct 

  Our intention is to behave in a responsible manner, operating 
within  the  high  standard  of  business  conduct  and  good 
corporate  governance.  Not  only  is  this  covered  in  our 
Corporate  Governance  Statement  on  pages  32  to  38,  but  is 
also epitomised in our risk management framework on pages 
22 to 24; and 

•  the need to act fairly as between members of the Company 

  Our 

intention 

is  to  behave  responsibly  towards  our 
shareholders  and  treat  them  fairly  and  equally,  so  that  
they  too  may  benefit  from  the  successful  delivery  of  our 
strategic objectives.

The  Strategic  Report,  comprising  pages  10  to  25,  has  been 
approved by the Board and is signed by order of the Board by:

REMY MILLOTT  
Chief Executive Officer

23 April 2021

Registered office: 
Cannon Place, 78 Cannon Street, London EC4N 6AF,  
United Kingdom

•  the impact of the Company’s operations on the community 

Registered number: 10001363 (England & Wales)

and the environment 

  The Group operates honestly and transparently. We consider 
the impact on the environment on our day-to-day operations 
and  how  we  can  minimise  this.  Further  disclosure  on  how 
we  promote  a  corporate  culture  based  on  ethical  values 
and  behaviours  is  included  in  Principle  8  of  the  Corporate 
Governance Statement on page 37; 

24 GYG plc

Strategic Report
Strategic Report

C O V I D - 1 9   R E P O R T

In  Q1  of  2020,  the  COVID  pandemic  rapidly  spread  across 
Europe  and  the  US.  The  Group  developed  a  strategy  for 
responding to the pandemic based on three pillars:

•   Looking after the health and wellbeing of our staff;

•  Working  with  our  clients  and  suppliers  to  ensure  that  we 
were able to continue delivering high quality products and 
services in a challenging and dynamic environment; and

•  Reshaping  our  business  and  reducing  costs  to  give  us  the 
flexibility  required  to  respond  to  the  pandemic  and  rapidly 
changing commercial situation.

Each  of  the  countries  where  we  operate  was  impacted  in 
different ways based on the timing and speed of the pandemic 
and the response of local government and the shipyards where 
we work. What was relatively consistent across all sites was the 
actions we took within each of the pillars.

HEALTH AND WELLBEING OF OUR STAFF
•   Immediately  implementing  government  regulations  and 
guidelines  with  respect  to  sanitation,  social  distancing  and 
travel restrictions

•   Providing training on best practice as it evolved and personal 

protective equipment to all staff

•   All staff who could realistically work from home did followed 
by  an  ongoing  move  back  into  the  offices  with  new 
attendance patterns

•   Regular  communication  with  staff  on  safety  protocols, 

changes in the structure and operations of the Group

•   Access  to  testing  facilities  as  well  and  physical  and  mental 

health support 

•  Investment projects delayed until greater clarity was possible 

in terms of the medium term impact

•  Office and retail footprint reduced significantly

•  Recruitment plans postponed until H2 2020

FINANCIAL IMPACT
Although  the  Directors  are  confident  that  the  Group 
responded rapidly and effectively to the evolving pandemic, 
there were still material financial impacts on the Group during 
the period. GYG entered 2020 with the strongest Order Book 
in its history but the onset of the pandemic led to significant 
delays  in  ongoing  projects  and  the  starts  of  other  projects 
were  postponed  and  owners  of  vessels  and  shipyards 
responded in their own fashion. The Coatings division did not 
lose  any  contracts  as  a  result  but  the  Directors  believe  that 
between  €4  million  and  €6  million  of  revenue  shifted  from 
2020 into 2021.

On the cost side of the equation, the Group incurred significant 
additional  costs  as  it  responded  to  the  pandemic  and  the 
changes in operating practices. Some of those costs were new 
or additional costs that were specifically related to COVID such 
as PCR testing, specialised cleaning services or additional PPE 
for all staff.

Other existing costs increased significantly due to new safety 
protocols. A good example of that is the requirement for us to 
move  and  house  workers  who  were  travelling  on  a  socially 
distanced basis. Rather than moving four employees in a rental 
car  from  one  country  to  another,  we  could  only  move  two 
people  per  vehicle.  At  different  times,  we  would  have  to 
quarantine our own staff or subcontractors for anywhere from 
five days to two weeks before they could enter certain countries 
or work in certain shipyards.

•   Recruiting  additional  Health  &  Safety  staff  to  help  protect 
staff both within our offices and within client environments

WORKING WITH OUR CLIENTS AND SUPPLIERS
•  Working with clients and suppliers to implement new safety 

protocols and share best practice

Lastly,  there  was  a  loss  of  efficiency  in  certain  parts  of  the 
Group resulting from new safety practices. In many shipyards, 
our  workers  were  required  to  have  their  temperatures  taken 
each day before a shift started. Social distancing restricted the 
numbers  of  workers  we  could  have  within  any  enclosed 
environment at one time.

•  Rescheduling  or  adapting  travel  and  production  plans  in 
response to the restrictions and social distancing requirements

•  Addressing  logistical  challenges  as  airlines,  ports  and 

hauliers altered, reduced or suspended services

•  In the supply division, moving away from a traditional retail 
model  to  a  more  flexible  fulfilment  model  which  could 
operate under the harshest lockdown restrictions

RESTRUCTURING AND COST REDUCTION
•  Cost of living increases and bonuses for the period suspended

•  Production  and  supply  activities  suspended  in  response  to 

regulatory changes or client requirements

•  Utilising, where available, COVID related government support 

programmes to maintain employment levels 

All  in,  the  Directors  believe  that  the  total  costs  included  in 
these three different categories come to approximately €1.5 
million  during  the  year.  Of  this  figure,  €0.8  million  was 
included in exceptional items within the financial statements. 
The balance was treated as ordinary operating expenses for 
the year. 

Moving forward, the Group is in a strong position to deal with 
the ongoing pandemic. Barring any unforeseen developments, 
the impact of COVID on the Group´s financial results should 
not  be  significant.  With  advanced  planning  and  careful 
management  many  of  the  costs  incurred  in  2020  can  either 
be  avoided  or  covered 
revised  contractual 
arrangements.  The  ongoing  rollout  of  the  various  vaccines 
which  are  available  will  also  hopefully  reduce  the  impact  of 
the pandemic on operations.

through 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 25
Annual report and financial statements 2020 25

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S   
A N D   S E N I O R   M A N A G E M E N T

REMY MILLOTT  
Chief Executive Officer

KEVIN MCNAIR  
Chief Financial Officer

Kevin  has  more  than  30  years’ 
experience  in  financial  management 
and capital markets. He has spent the 
past  20  years  as  finance  director/chief 
financial  officer  of  various  publicly 
quoted and privately-owned businesses, 
most  recently  as  interim  CFO  at  
Ebiquity  plc.  His  previous  roles  have 
focused  principally  on  project-based 
businesses  similar  to  GYG.  He  also  
has  extensive  experience  in  mergers  
and acquisitions.

Kevin was appointed to the Board on  
19  September  2019,  having  been  the 
Group’s Interim Chief Financial Officer 
since 11 March 2019.

Remy  has  been 
in  the  yachting 
industry  for  nearly  40  years,  having 
begun  his  offshore  career  in  1982,  he 
quickly progressed, becoming a yacht 
Captain by the age of 29.

He joined Pinmar in 1996 and in 2003 
in 
the  management  buyout 
led 
partnership  with  the  Ferretti  Group, 
becoming  Managing  Director  in  the 
process.  Following  a  growth  phase 
under  partial  Ferretti  ownership,  he 
led  the  acquisition  of  the  scaffolding 
business in 2005 and the US business 
in  2009,  the  buy-back  of  the  Ferretti 
shares  in  2009  and  subsequently  the 
merger of Pinmar and Rolling Stock in 
2012,  to  create  GYG.  In  2016  he  also 
led the investment into the Group by 
Lonsdale the Private Equity Fund and 
the IPO in 2017. 

Remy was appointed to the Board on  
3 March 2016.

STEPHEN MURPHY  
Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman

Transportation 

Stephen  has  a 
strong  financial  
and  operational  background  having 
accumulated over 30 years’ experience 
in  senior  management  positions  and 
executive  director  roles  ultimately  as 
Group  Finance  Director,  Executive 
Director, 
and 
subsequently  Group  CEO  of  Virgin 
Group 
Investments  Limited  –  the 
worldwide  holding  Company  of  the 
Virgin Group from 2005-2011. Stephen 
currently  serves  on  several  boards 
including  Chairman  of  Ovo  Group 
Limited, Chairman of London & Capital 
Ltd,  Chairman  of  Elder  Technologies 
Limited, 
Independent  Director  and 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
of  The  Business  Growth  Fund  and 
Independent  Director  at  Get  Living 
London Ltd.

Stephen  has  previously  served  as 
Chairman  of  a  number  of  UK  and 
international businesses. 

Stephen  qualified  as  a  Chartered 
Management Accountant in 1979. 

Stephen 
is  also  the  Chairman  of  
the  Remuneration  Committee  and 
Nomination  Committee  and 
is  a 
the  Audit  Committee. 
member 
Stephen  was  appointed  to  the  Board 
on 5 July 2017.

26 GYG plc

Directors’ Governance Report

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

RUPERT SAVAGE  
Chief Commercial Officer

Rupert  has  over  30  years  of  yachting 
industry  experience,  was  a  highly 
respected  yacht  captain  for  over  16  
years and is still a keen racing yachtsman.

He  moved  ashore  and  joined  Rolling 
Stock  in  2006  where  he  became 
Managing Director and was instrumental 
in the development and growth of the 
business  into  a  leading  player  in  the 
yacht painting and service sector.

Rupert  has  been  responsible  for  the 
integration  of  the  various  Group 
companies,  running  the  business  on  
a day-to-day basis. He is now focused  
on the Group’s commercial development 
and continues to be influential in the 
strategic growth of the business. 

Rupert was appointed to the Board on  
3 March 2016.

RICHARD KING  
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Richard spent 35 years with Ernst and 
Young LLP becoming deputy Managing 
Partner of UK & Ireland and a member 
of both the Europe, Middle East, India 
and  Africa  (EMEIA)  Board  and  Global 
management  group.  Since  leaving  EY, 
Richard  has  been  involved  either  as 
chairman  or  non-executive  director  
on  a  variety  of  private  and  public 
companies  and  has  been  involved  in 
company  disposals  in  excess  of  £400 
million.  Richard  currently  serves  as  a 
non-executive  director  of  Odyssean 
Investment  Trust  PLC, 
is  chair  of 
trustees  for  the  Willow  Foundation, 
and is also a trustee of FareShare, the 
UK’s  national  network  of  charitable 
food redistributors. 

Richard serves as the Chairman of the 
Audit Committee and is a member of 
both  the  Remuneration  Committee 
and 
the  Nomination  Committee. 
Richard  was  appointed  to  the  Board 
on 5 July 2017.

PETER BROWN  
Managing Director, USA

involved 

Peter  has  been 
in  the 
Superyacht industry for over 37 years, 
having had a successful career at sea 
and  as  a  yacht  captain  for  over  16 
years.  He  joined  Pinmar  in  1998  to 
develop  the  Barcelona  facility  and 
later  became  the  General  Manager  
of  Pinmar.  Peter  headed  up  the 
expansion  of  Pinmar  into  the  New 
Build sector in Germany in 2005, after 
which  he  took  over  Pinmar  USA  as 
Managing Director. As Peter continues 
its 
to  run  the  US  business  and 
expansion, he also supports the Group 
on  special  projects  using  his  deep 
experience of the yachting industry.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 27

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E P O R T

The  Directors  present  their  report  together  with  the  audited 
for  the  year  ended  
consolidated  financial  statements 
31 December 2020. The Corporate Governance Statement on 
pages 32 to 38 also forms part of this Directors’ Report.

DIRECTORS 
The  Directors  of  the  Company  who  served  during  the  year 
ended 31 December 2020, and up to the date of signing of this 
report, were: 

GENERAL INFORMATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
GYG plc is a public limited company incorporated in the United 
Kingdom, registered number 10001363, which is listed on the 
AIM market of London Stock Exchange plc. Its principal activity 
is that of a holding and investment company.

The principal activity of the Group in the year under review was 
that  of  a  superyacht  painting,  supply  and  maintenance 
company, offering services globally through operations in the 
Mediterranean, Northern Europe and the US.

REVIEW OF BUSINESS AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
The  Chairman’s  Statement  on  pages  10  and  11,  the  Chief 
Executive Officer’s Report on pages 12 to 18 and the Strategic 
Report on pages 10 to 25 provide a review of the business, the 
Group’s  trading  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2020,  key 
performance indicators, risk and an indication of likely future 
developments in the business of the Group.

RESULTS AND DIVIDEND
The Group has reported its consolidated financial statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union. The results for the period 
and  financial  position  of  the  Company  and  the  Group  are  
set  out  in  the  financial  statements  and  are  reviewed  in  the 
Strategic Report. 

The  Company  may  by  ordinary  resolution  from  time  to  time 
declare dividends not exceeding the amount recommended by 
the Board. Subject to the Companies Act 2006, the Board may 
pay  interim  dividends,  and  also  any  fixed  rate  dividend, 
whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion 
of  the  Board,  justifies  its  payment.  All  dividends  shall  be 
apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid 
up on the shares.

The  Board  was  encouraged  by  the  positive  momentum  last 
year and, as stated in the Chairman’s Statement on page 10. It 
is  the  Board´s  intention  to  return  to  the  dividend  list  at  the 
earliest appropriate opportunity, however, the Board believes it 
was  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Company  not  to  declare  
a  dividend  in  2020  as  it  continues  to  strengthen  the  balance 
sheet and expand the scale of its activities.

Executive 
Director

Non-
Executive 
Director

Independent

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Director

Stephen 
Murphy

Remy 
Millott

Kevin 
McNair

Rupert 
Savage

Richard 
King

The  brief  biographical  details  of  the  Directors  are  given  on 
pages 26 and 27.

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 
The  appointment  of  each  of  the  Chairman  and  the  other  
Non-Executive Director is for an initial term of three years, with 
such  appointments  being  terminable  by  either  the  Company  
or  the  individual  Director  on  three  months’  notice.  Each 
appointment 
is  contingent  on  satisfactory  performance  
and  to  the  re-election  criteria  more  fully  explained  in  the 
following paragraph.

The  Company’s  articles  of  association  state  that  all  Directors 
are  subject  to  election  by  shareholders  at  the  first  annual 
general  meeting  following  their  appointment  by  the  Board.  
At  subsequent  annual  general  meetings,  one-third  of  the 
Directors must retire from office (or, if their number is not three 
or a multiple of three, the number nearest to but not exceeding 
one-third  (unless  their  number  is  fewer  than  three,  in  which 
case  one  of  them  shall  retire)).  Additionally,  any  Director  not 
otherwise  required  to  retire  from  office  at  an  annual  general 
meeting shall do so unless he was appointed or re-appointed 
as a Director at either of the last two general meetings before 
that  meeting.  Accordingly,  as  both  Remy  Millott  and  Rupert 
Savage were last appointed at the 2018 annual general meeting 
both  will  retire  and,  being  eligible,  will  offer  themselves  
for re-election at the 2021 annual general meeting.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
The  Directors’  interests  in  the  Company’s  shares  and  options 
over ordinary shares are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on page 45. 

No  Director  has  any  beneficial  interest  in  the  share  capital  
of any subsidiary or associate undertaking.

28 GYG plc

Directors’ Governance Report

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
Details of the Directors’ remuneration appear in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 43 to 46.

Movements  in  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital  during  
the  year  under  review  are  set  out  in  note  20  to  the  
financial statements.

As at 31 December 2020, the Company had 46,640,000 fully 
paid ordinary shares in issue, of which 24,500 ordinary shares 
were held in treasury by the Company.

TREASURY SHARES 
As  the  Company  has  only  one  class  of  share  in  issue,  it  may 
hold a maximum of 10% of its issued share capital in treasury. 
As at 31 December 2020, 0.05% of the Company’s shares were 
held in treasury. Legislation restricts the exercise of rights on 
ordinary shares held in treasury. The Company is, therefore, not 
permitted  to  exercise  voting  rights  conferred  by  the  shares 
whilst they are held in treasury, and it is also prohibited from 
paying  any  dividend  or  making  any  distribution  of  assets  on 
treasury shares. Once in treasury, shares can only be sold for 
cash,  transferred  to  an  employee  share  scheme  or  cancelled. 
During the 2020 financial year, no shares were transferred out 
of treasury.

MAJOR INTERESTS
As at 23 April 2021, being the latest practicable date prior to 
the publication of this report, the Company had been notified 
of the following shareholdings amounting to 3% or more of the 
issued share capital of the Company:

Shareholder

Number  
of shares 
held

% of 
total 
voting 
rights*

Lombard Odier Asset 
Management (Europe) Limited**

12,210,550

26.19%

Harwood Capital

9,557,539

20.51%

Close Brothers Asset 
Management

Remy Millott

Rupert Savage

Peter Brown

4,898,493

10.50%

3,270,863

7.01%

2,716,981

5.83%

1,965,975

4.22%

InterTrader Limited***

1,870,333

4.01%

Société Générale SA (SG SA)

1,864,333

4.00%

*   Percentages are shown as a percentage of the Company’s total voting rights  

as at the date the Company was notified of the change in holding 

**  Disclosure on behalf of accounts managed on a discretionary basis by Lombard 

Odier Investment Managers group.

*** Disclosed as an interest via CFD.

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY PROVISIONS
As  permitted  by  the  Company’s  articles  of  association,  the 
Directors have the benefit of an indemnity which is a qualifying 
third-party  indemnity  provision  as  defined  by  s236  of  the 
Companies Act 2006. The indemnity was in force throughout 
the financial period and at the date of approval of the financial 
statements. In addition, the Group has purchased and maintains 
Directors’  and  Officers’  liability  insurance  in  respect  of  itself 
and its Directors.

STATEMENT OF ENGAGEMENT WITH SUPPLIERS, 
CUSTOMERS AND OTHERS IN A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP 
WITH THE GROUP 
The Directors are mindful of their statutory duty to act in a way 
they  each  consider,  in  good  faith,  would  be  most  likely  to 
promote  the  success  of  the  Group  for  the  benefit  of  its 
members  as  a  whole,  as  set  out  in  the  s172(1)  statement  on 
page 24. A review of the Group’s approach to developing and 
maintaining relationships with its wider stakeholders, and the 
impact on the Group’s long-term strategic objectives, is set out 
under Principle 3 of the Corporate Governance Statement on 
pages 33 and 34.

STREAMLINED ENERGY AND CARBON REPORTING (“SECR”)
The Group’s UK energy and carbon information is not disclosed 
under  the  SECR  regulations  as  the  Company  and  its  UK 
subsidiary  qualify  as  low  energy  users  in  the  UK,  having 
consumed less than 40MWh during the reporting period. 

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS
The  Company  made  no  political  donations  during  the  
reporting period. 

Although  the  Company  did  not  make  any  direct  charitable 
donations  during  the  year,  it  has  historically  organised  and 
facilitated The Pinmar Golf annual fundraising event. The last 
such event took place in 2019 and the remaining funds raised 
by  that  event  were  distributed  during  2020  to  beneficiaries 
through The Pinmar Golf Charity Fund, further details of which 
may be found on page 33.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s financial risk management policy is set out in note 
24 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

SHARE CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The  Company’s  share  capital,  traded  on  AIM,  comprises  of  
a  single  class  of  ordinary  shares  of  £0.002  each  in  nominal 
value, each carrying one vote and all ranking equally.

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive all shareholder 
documents, to attend, speak and exercise voting rights, either 
in  person  or  by  proxy,  on  resolutions  proposed  at  general 
meetings,  and  to  participate  in  any  distribution  of  income  or 
capital. There are no restrictions on the transfer of shares in the 
Company or in respect of voting rights attached to the shares. 
None of the shares carry any special rights with regard to the 
control of the Company. 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 29

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

WARRANTS AND SHARE OPTIONS
As anticipated in the Admission Document published in June 
2017,  the  Company  granted  a  warrant  to  its  then  Nominated 
Adviser,  Zeus  Capital  Limited,  to  subscribe  for  466,400 
ordinary shares, being equal to 1% of the ordinary share capital 
following Admission at a price per ordinary share of 131 pence. 
The  Zeus  warrant  is  capable  of  exercise  during  the  period 
starting  on  the  first  anniversary  of  Admission  and  ending  
on the sixth anniversary of Admission. Further details are set 
out in note 23 to the financial statements.

As  at  23  April  2021  (being  the  latest  practicable  date  before 
the  publication  of  this  document),  options  to  subscribe  for 
shares under the GYG Performance Share Plan 2019 and 2020 
were outstanding which entitle their holders to acquire 816,587 
ordinary shares of £0.002 per share. 

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES BY THE COMPANY
The  Company  was  authorised  at  the  2020  annual  general 
meeting to purchase its own shares, within certain limits and as 
permitted  by  the  articles  of  association.  A  renewal  of  this 
authority will be proposed at the 2021 annual general meeting. 
During  2020,  the  Company  purchased  24,500  shares  to  be 
held in treasury for a total amount of £16,280. The number of 
shares held in treasury at 31 December 2020 was 24,500 (2019: 
nil),  and  it  is  anticipated  that  these  shares  will  principally  be 
used  to  satisfy  awards  under  the  Company’s  employee  share 
incentive scheme.

CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Group´s banking arrangements are subject to a change of 
control clause which would require the immediate repayment 
of the borrowing facilities unless the Group receives a waiver 
to this condition. Aside from that, the Group is not party to any 
significant agreement which takes effect, alters or terminates 
upon  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company  other  than  the 
Directors’ service contracts, details of which are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 45.

GOING CONCERN 
The Directors have reviewed the Group’s cash flow and profit 
and loss forecasts, including a sensitivity analysis and a review 
of forecast compliance with loan covenants for the purposes of 
the going concern review. This process included an assessment 
of  the  expected  impact  of  the  COVID  pandemic  on  those 
forecasts including unlikely but plausible significant downsides. 
This  assessment  has  been  reviewed  extensively  and  will  be 
updated regularly going forward. Management will continue to 
update their forecasts and take appropriate steps to manage 
covenant compliance. 

In addition, the insolvency of Nobiskrug Shipyard, as referenced 
on page 21, increases the risk of revenue delays or cancellation 
and potential bad debt exposure. Depending on the outcome 
of the insolvency, these factors taken into account with a severe 
but  plausible  downside,  could  result  in  a  breach  of  covenant 
that may not be mitigated by management actions. A breach of 
covenant is an event of default, and would require management 
to  seek  a  waiver  from  the  Group´s  lenders,  renegotiate  the 
facilities with those lenders or repay the group’s existing lenders 
and seek sources of alternative funding.

Additionally,  the  Group  has  received  an  unsolicited  approach 
from  one  of  the  Group’s  major  shareholders.  The  notice 
indicated  that  the  shareholder  is  in  the  preliminary  stages  of 
evaluating a possible offer for the entire issued share capital of 
the  business.  The  Directors  have  assessed  the  possible  offer 
which  does  not  constitute  a  firm  intention  to  make  an  offer, 
and have reviewed the potential impact on the Group’s going 
concern assessment if the offer were to progress and complete 
before  June  2022.  The  Group’s  main  borrowing  facility 
amounting to €4m, includes a change of ownership clause, and 
if the Groups ownership were to change this would require the 
Group to seek a waiver for this clause or to repay or refinance 
these  borrowing  facilities.  If  a  refinancing  were  required,  the 
facilities  could  be  under  different  terms  and  conditions  from 
the existing facilities.

These  factors  indicate  the  existence  of  material  uncertainties 
which may cast significant doubt as to the Group’s and parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial 
statements do not include the adjustments that would result if 
the Group and parent company were unable to continue as a 
going concern.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  have  indicated  that  they  are 
willing to continue in office as the Group’s auditor. 

The  auditor  of  a  public  company  must  be  appointed  at  each 
general  meeting  at  which  accounts  are  laid.  A  resolution  to  
re-appoint  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  as  auditor  to  hold 
office until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting 
of the Company will be proposed at the annual general meeting 
to be held on 2 June 2021.

STATEMENT OF DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION  
TO THE AUDITOR
As  far  as  the  Directors  are  aware,  there  is  no  relevant  audit 
information (that is, information needed by the Group’s auditor 
in connection with preparing their report) of which the Group’s 
auditor is unaware, and each Director has taken all reasonable 
steps as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant  audit  information  and  to  establish  that  the  Group’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

EMPLOYMENT POLICIES 
The  Group’s  key  operating  businesses  are  empowered  to 
manage  within  the  context  of  the  different  legislative  and 
social  demands  of  the  diverse  countries  in  which  those 
businesses operate. Within all the Group’s businesses, the safe 
and effective performance of employees and the maintenance 
of positive employee relations are of fundamental importance. 
Managers  are  charged  with  ensuring  that  the  following  key 
principles are upheld:

• 

 Adherence to national legal standards on employment and 
workplace rights at all times 

•  Continual promotion of safe and healthy working practices 

• 

• 

 Provision of opportunities for employees to enhance their 
work related skills and capabilities 

 Adoption of fair and appropriate procedures for determining 
terms and conditions of employment. 

30 GYG plc

Directors’ Governance Report

It is the Group’s policy that people with disabilities should have 
full  and  fair  consideration  for  all  vacancies.  Employment  of 
disabled people is considered on merit and with regard only to 
the ability of any applicant to carry out the role. We endeavour 
to retain the employment of, and arrange suitable retraining, for 
any employees in the workforce who become disabled during 
their  employment.  Where  possible  we  will  adjust  a  person’s 
working environment to enable them to stay in our employment. 

The  Group  promotes  an  inclusive  and  diverse  environment 
where every colleague is valued and respected for who they are, 
and  has  the  opportunity  to  fulfil  their  potential.  The  Group  is 
focused  on  providing  a  workplace  where  everyone  can  thrive 
and has introduced a number of Groupwide actions to encourage 
this. Further, the Group is committed to treating employees at 
all  levels  with  respect  and  consideration,  to  investing  in  their 
development  and  to  ensuring  that  their  careers  are  not 
constrained by discrimination or arbitrary barriers.

2021 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 
The 2021 annual general meeting of the Company will be held 
at  Innovation  House,  39  Mark  Road,  Hemel  Hempstead, 
Hertfordshire HP2 7DN on 2 June 2021 at 11.30 am. The notice 
convening the annual general meeting (the “Notice”) together 
with a summary of the business to be transacted is set out on 
pages 86 to 92 and is also available on the Company’s website 
at www.gygplc.com. 

Given  the  prevailing  UK  Government  restrictions  on  public 
gatherings and travel in light of the COVID-19 pandemic as at 
23 April 2021 (being the last practicable date prior to publication 
of this report), it is proposed that the annual general meeting 

will be held with the minimum attendance required to form a 
quorum.  Shareholders  will  not  be  permitted  to  attend  the 
annual general meeting in person, but can be represented by 
the chairman of the meeting acting as their proxy.

The  Company  will,  however,  offer  shareholders  the  option  to 
watch  and  listen  to  the  proceedings  of  the  annual  general 
meeting  remotely  via  a  Zoom  webinar  and  conference  call 
facility.  Please  note  that  shareholders  will  not  be  able  to  use 
this facility to actively participate in the annual general meeting 
by voting on the resolutions or asking questions. Shareholders 
are,  however,  invited  to  submit  questions  to  the  Company  in 
advance of the annual general meeting by sending an email to 
gyg@fticonsulting.com  by  28  May  2021,  and  answers  to  the 
questions will be given at the meeting.

The Board will continue to monitor the latest UK Government 
guidance,  and  how  this  may  affect  the  arrangements  for  the 
annual general meeting. If it becomes necessary or appropriate 
to revise the current arrangements, further information will be 
made  available  on  the  Company’s  website  at  https://www.
gygplc.com/investor-relations/investor-relations-regulatory-
news/ and/or via RNS.

Approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  23  April  2021  and 
signed by its order:

SUE STEVEN 
Company Secretary

23 April 2021

Annual report and financial statements 2020 31

C O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E   S T A T E M E N T

An introduction from the Chairman

QCA PRINCIPLES
DELIVER GROWTH

Dear Shareholders

As Chairman of GYG plc, I am responsible for leading the Board 
so as to ensure that the Group has in place the strategy, people, 
structure and culture to deliver value to shareholders and other 
stakeholders  of  the  Group  as  a  whole  over  the  medium  
to long-term. On behalf of the Board I am, therefore, pleased  
to present our Corporate Governance Statement for the year 
ended 31 December 2020.

High standards of corporate governance are a key priority for 
the  Board  of  GYG  plc  and  the  Board  has  adopted  the  2018 
Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code (the 
“QCA  Code”)  as  the  basis  of  the  Group’s  governance 
framework.  The  Company  complies  with  the  QCA  code  in  so 
far as is practical given the size of the Company and nature of 
its operations.

As individual Directors we are mindful of our statutory duty to 
act  in  the  way  each  of  us  considers,  in  good  faith,  would  be 
most  likely  to  promote  the  success  of  the  Company  for  the 
benefit  of  its  members  as  a  whole,  as  set  out  in  our  s172(1) 
statement on page 24. 

It is the responsibility of the Board to ensure that the Group is 
managed  for  the  long-term  benefit  of  all  shareholders  and 
stakeholders,  with  effective  and  efficient  decision-making. 
Corporate governance is an important aspect of this, reducing 
risk  and  adding  value  to  our  business.  Our  effective  risk 
management framework has supported the business through  
a very challenging period, and I am pleased that, when tested 
by the extreme conditions of the global COVID-19 pandemic, 
the  business  has  demonstrated  admirable  operational 
resilience,  albeit  with  inevitable  cost  implications  which  we 
have worked to minimise. The Group has maintained operations 
with  enhanced  health  and  safety  protocols  in  place  for  front 
line staff, and all back-office staff have migrated seamlessly to 
the home working environment as and when required by the 
various government guidelines and regulations. 

The QCA Code sets out ten principles, in three broad categories, 
and in this Corporate Governance Statement I have set out the 
Group’s application of the QCA Code and the Companies Act, 
including, where appropriate, cross references to other sections 
of the annual report and to our website.

STEPHEN MURPHY
Chairman

23 April 2021

32 GYG plc

1.  Establish a strategy and business model which promote 

long-term value for shareholders 

GYG plc has a long-established reputation in European marine 
supply  and  the  global  superyacht  Coatings  segment.  The 
Company is growing its market share in the New Build sector 
by  developing  long  term  relationships  with  leading  shipyards 
across  Europe,  and  continues  to  enhance  its  international 
its  existing 
in  the  Refit  sector  through  both 
footprint 
relationships and its extensive contacts across the industry. 

The  Board  has  established  a  strategy  and  business  model 
which seek to promote long-term value for shareholders and 
has  identified  the  following  key  areas  of  operation  to  focus  
on improving on the Group’s performance going forwards:

•  leverage market leading position across all segments; 

•  enter 

into  new  agreements  with  shipyards  to  create  

long-term trading partnerships;

•  generate further operational efficiencies and synergies;

•  expanding the marine supply offering; and

•  acquisition-led  growth  where  and  when  appropriate  to 

expand the business model.

A  fuller  explanation  of  how  the  strategy  and  business  model 
are executed is set out on pages 10 to 25 of the Strategic Report. 

2. Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs  

and expectations 

The Company recognises the importance of engaging with its 
shareholders  and  reports  formally  to  them  when  its  full-year 
and half-year results are published. At the same time, Executive 
Directors present the results to institutional investors, analysts 
and  the  media.  The  Non-Executive  Directors  are  available  to 
discuss  any  matter  stakeholders  might  wish  to  raise,  and  the 
Chairman  and  the  other  independent  Non-Executive  Director 
attend  meetings  with  investors  and  analysts  as  required.  The 
Chairman  writes  to  major  shareholders  once  a  year  offering 
them the opportunity to meet with him. In view of the ongoing 
global COVID-19 pandemic, since March 2020, regular contact 
has  been  maintained  remotely  with  investors  and  analysts 
either via video conference or telephone, rather than through 
face-to-face meetings.

At  every  Board  meeting,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief 
Financial Officer and the external investor relations consultant 
provide  a  summary  of  the  content  of  any  engagement  they 
have  had  with  investors  to  ensure  that  major  shareholders’ 
views are communicated to the Board as a whole. The Board is 
also  provided  with  brokers’  and  analysts’  reports  when 
published.  This  process  enables  the  Chairman  and  the  other 
Non-Executive  Director  to  be  kept 
informed  of  major 
shareholders’  opinions  on  strategy  and  governance,  and  for 
them to understand any issues or concerns. 

Shareholders  are  usually  encouraged  to  attend  the  annual 
general meeting at which the Group’s activities and results are 
considered, and questions answered by the Directors. However, 

Directors’ Governance Report

given the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the associated UK 
restrictions  on  public 
including 
Government  measures, 
gatherings,  attendance  was  not  permitted 
last  year. 
Shareholders  were,  however,  invited  to  submit  questions  by 
email to the Company prior to the annual general meeting and 
also the general meeting held on 2 September 2020.

General  information  about  the  Group  is  also  available  on  the 
Company’s  website  (www.gygplc.com).  This 
includes  an 
overview  of  activities  of  the  Group  and  details  of  all  recent 
Company announcements.

The Company receives occasional feedback direct from investors, 
which  is  carefully  considered  by  the  Board,  with  appropriate 
action being taken where the Board believes it in the interests of 
shareholders  to  do  so.  None  of  the  feedback  received  from 
investors has involved non-compliance with the QCA Code. 

3.  Take into account wider stakeholder and social 

responsibilities and their implications for long-term success 

In addition to its shareholders, the Company believes its main 
stakeholder  groups  are  its  employees,  clients,  suppliers  and 
relevant statutory authorities in its areas of operation. 

The  Group  encourages  feedback  from  its  customers  through 
engagement  with  individual  customers  and  relevant  advisors 
throughout a project. As a consequence of such feedback, the 
Group’s  quotes  now  provide  better  clarification  for  clients  in 
areas  such  as  payment  terms,  warranty  and  standard  terms 
and conditions, which have been updated to cover the potential 
for  unexpected  delays  and/or  costs  in  projects  as  a  result  of 
the  ongoing  global  COVID-19  pandemic.  A  detailed  scope  of 
works schedule is also included, and the format of quotes has 
been unified across all the Group’s locations. 

The  Group  expects  to  continue  to  run  the  Pinmar  Paint 
Academy’s non-profit making paint courses, based on demand, 
which train yacht crews how best to maintain their paintwork. 

The Group recognises the increasing importance of corporate 
social  responsibility  and  endeavours  to  take  it  into  account 
when operating its business in the interests of its stakeholders, 
including 
investors,  employees,  customers,  suppliers, 
business  partners  and  the  communities  where  it  conducts  
its activities.

its 

The  Board  recognises  the  benefits  of  a  diverse  workforce 
which enables the Group to make better decisions about how 
to optimise resources and work by eliminating structural and 
cultural barriers and bias. It allows the Group to protect and 
enhance  its  reputation  by  recognising  and  respecting  the 
needs and interests of diverse stakeholders; to deliver strong 
performance and growth by attracting, engaging and retaining 
diverse talent; and to innovate by drawing on the diversity of 
perspectives,  skills,  styles  and  experience  of  its  employees 
and stakeholders. 

The Group is committed to ensuring that it treats its employees 
fairly and with dignity. This includes being free from any direct 
or  indirect  discrimination,  harassment,  bullying  or  other  form 
of victimisation. The Group has policies in place to encourage 
employees  to  speak  up  about  any  inappropriate  practices  
or behaviour.

The  Group  believes  that  having  empowered  and  responsible 
employees  who  display  sound  judgement  and  awareness  of 
the consequences of their decisions or actions, and who act in 
an  ethical  and  responsible  way,  is  key  to  the  success  of  the 
business. Feedback from employees is received from employee 
representatives who meet with management on a regular basis 
to discuss business-related issues. 

As  a  result  of  such  feedback,  the  Group,  with  the  support  of 
Spanish  government  and  EU  funding,  has  established  an 
apprenticeship programme for yacht painters. The Group’s HR 
team has also been working closely with local technical colleges 
to  identify  individuals  who  would  be  suitable  to  participate  in 
the  Group’s  in-house  training  programmes  in  various  different 
departments  within  the  business.  However,  as  result  of  the 
ongoing global COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has unfortunately 
been  forced  to  suspend  these  two  initiatives  temporarily,  but 
they will be resumed at the earliest available opportunity. 

The  operation  of  a  profitable  business  is  a  priority  and  that 
means investing for growth as well as providing returns to its 
shareholders.  To  achieve  this,  the  Group  recognises  that  it 
needs  to  operate  in  a  sustainable  manner  and  therefore  has 
adopted  core  principles  to  its  business  operations  which 
provide a framework for both managing risk and maintaining 
its position as a good ‘corporate citizen’, and also facilitate the 
setting of goals to achieve continuous improvement. 

The Group aims to conduct its business with integrity, respecting 
the different cultures and the dignity and rights of individuals in 
the  countries  where  it  operates.  The  Group  supports  the  UN 
Universal  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  and  recognises  the 
obligation to promote universal respect for and observance of 
human  rights  and  fundamental  freedoms  for  all,  without 
distinction as to race, religion, gender, language or disability.

From 1989 to 2019, the Group organised an annual charity golf 
tournament,  known  as  “The  Pinmar  Golf”  through  which  the 
Group received donations from its supporters totalling €1,109,293 
overall.  The  funds  raised  have  been  distributed  through  The 
Pinmar  Golf  Charity  Fund  and  have  been  used  to  great  effect, 
supporting  a  host  of  worthy  Mallorca-based  and  also  industry-
related charities. During 2020, the remaining funds were shared 
across  a  wide  range  of  causes  including:  Yachting  Gives  Back, 
Save the Med Foundation, Fundación Rana and Asdica in Mallorca, 
and internationally to Blue Marine Foundation, The Lewis Moody 
Foundation and Royal National Lifeboat Institution (RNLI).

An  environmental  focus  was  introduced  to  the  Group’s 
fundraising  activities,  and  25%  of  the  2019  total  raised  was 
focused  on  marine 
apportioned  to  projects  that  are 
conservation.  Further  details  of  The  Pinmar  Golf  and  the 
charitable  causes  which  received  support  through  the  funds 
raised  from  this  event  may  be  found  at  https://www.pinmar.
com/charity-fund.

The  Group  had  planned  to  introduce  a  new  hospitality  event 
through which yacht crew and the industry would be brought 
together to continue the good work which has been achieved 
so  far  with  the  charities.  However,  due  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic,  the  launch  of  the  inaugural  Pinmar  Festival  which 
had been scheduled for 2020 had to be postponed, and so the 
Group’s  fundraising  capabilities  in  2020  were  somewhat 
limited,  but  the  fundraising  programme  will  be  restarted  in 
earnest as soon as reasonably practicable.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 33

C O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E   S T A T E M E N T

( C O N T I N U E D )

3.  Take into account wider stakeholder and social 

responsibilities and their implications for long-term success 
(continued) 

Health and safety
The Directors are committed to ensuring the highest standards 
of  health  and  safety,  both  for  employees  and  for  the 
communities within which the Group operates. The Group has 
a senior manager who has overall responsibility for health and 
safety  matters  and  a  team  that  is  dedicated  full  time  to  this 
part of the business. 

The  Group  seeks  to  meet  or,  where  possible,  exceed  legal 
requirements aimed at providing a healthy and secure working 
environment to all employees and understands that successful 
health  and  safety  management  involves  integrating  sound 
principles  and  practice  into  its  day-to-day  management 
arrangements  and  requires  the  collaborative  effort  of  all 
employees.  All  employees  are  positively  encouraged  to  be 
involved  in  consultation  and  communication  on  health  and 
safety  matters  that  affect  their  work.  In  addition,  the  Board 
receives monthly reports on the number of accidents relative 
to the number of workers. There were no significant health and 
safety issues reported in 2020.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group immediately 
invoked  its  contingency  plans  to  ensure  the  health  and 
wellbeing  of  its  employees  whilst  maintaining  services  to 
clients.  The  Group  has  maintained  operations  with  enhanced 
health and safety protocols in place for front line staff, and all 
back-office  staff  working  remotely  as  and  when  required  by 
the various government guidelines and regulations. The Group 
is constantly monitoring the ever-changing situation across its 
global  markets  to  ensure  compliance  with  both  national  and 
local travel and health advisories. 

Environment and climate change
The Directors are committed to minimising the impact of the 
Group’s operations on the environment. The Group recognises 
that  its  business  activities  have  an  influence  on  the  local, 
regional  and  global  environment,  and  understanding  and 
managing the environmental impact of the Group’s operations 
across all of the Group’s locations is an important part of being 
a responsible stakeholder. It is also strategically important for 
building resilience into the Group’s business. 

It is the Group’s policy to endeavour to meet or, where possible, 
exceed  relevant  legal  requirements  and  codes  of  practice  on 
environmental issues so as to ensure that any adverse effects 
on the environment are minimised. Accordingly, there is a team 
dedicated to monitoring this across the Group, which seeks to 
mitigate  the  environmental  impact  of  the  Group’s  activities. 
The  Group  strives  to  provide  and  maintain  safe  and  healthy 
working conditions, and to keep its entire staff informed of its 
environmental  policy  whilst  encouraging  them  to  consider 
environmental issues as an everyday part of their role. 

The  Coatings  Division  has  obtained  the  ISO  14001:2015 
certificate, confirming the Company’s continued leadership in 
our  industry  with  regard  to  environmental  matters.  This 
international standard is used by large and small organisations 
across the world and is an excellent framework to assist with 
the implementation of an environmental management system 
which  helps  organisations  reduce  their  environmental  impact 
whilst growing their business.

34 GYG plc

The  Directors  are  also  cognisant  of  the  potential  impact  
of climate change. Whilst the ultimate impacts on society and 
the  economy  are  unclear  at  this  point,  the  Directors  do  not 
believe that climate change will have a material impact on the 
Group in the short to medium term. They are also encouraged 
by  developments  within  the  yachting  industry  as  it  looks  to 
reduce  its  impact  on  the  climate  through  new  technologies 
and better operating practices. 

The  Group  endeavours  to  work  with  its  suppliers  to  adopt 
innovations  in  technology  that  reduce  the  environmental 
impact  of  its  activities  as  more  fully  explained  in  the  Chief 
Executive’s Report on page 18. 

4. Embed effective risk management, considering both 

opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation 

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  Group’s  internal 
control  systems  and  for  monitoring  their  effectiveness.  The 
Board, with the assistance of the Audit Committee, maintains a 
internal  controls  to  safeguard  shareholders’ 
system  of 
investment  and  the  Group’s  assets,  and  has  established  
a continuous process for identifying, evaluating and managing 
the significant risks the Group faces.

Details  of  the  principal  risks  currently  facing  the  Group  and 
how they are mitigated are set out on pages 22 to 24 of the 
Strategic Report. 

The  Board  delegates  to  management  the  responsibility  for 
designing, operating and monitoring both the systems and the 
maintenance of effective internal controls within the Group. The 
Company  also  has  a  whistleblowing  policy  in  place.  Both  the 
Board  and  senior  management  are  responsible  for  reviewing 
and  evaluating  risk,  and  the  Executive  Directors  meet  on  a 
regular  basis  to  review  ongoing  trading  performance,  discuss 
budgets  and  forecasts  and  any  new  risks  associated  with 
ongoing trading, the outcome of which is reported to the Board.

The Board’s review process is, with the assistance of the Audit 
Committee,  based  principally  on  reviewing  regular  reports 
from  management  to  consider  whether  significant  risks  are 
identified,  evaluated,  managed  and  controlled,  and  whether 
any significant weaknesses are promptly remedied or indicate 
a need for more extensive monitoring. The system is designed 
to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve 
the  Company’s  objectives  and  can  only  provide  reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or 
loss.  In  assessing  what  constitutes  reasonable  assurance,  the 
Board  considers  the  materiality  of  financial  and  non-financial 
risks  and  the  relationship  between  the  cost  of,  and  benefit 
from, internal control systems.

In  2020  a  formal  risk  assessment  exercise  was  conducted  by 
management  in  conjunction  with  those  employees  who  have 
responsibility  for  specific  controls.  The  process  reviewed, 
identified and prioritised risks, evaluated controls and assessed 
whether  any  improvements  to  such  controls  were  necessary. 
The results of the risk assessment were subsequently reviewed 
by  the  Board  and  confirmed  that  no  significant  weakness  
or failing had been identified during the process. 

 
Directors’ Governance Report

In addition to the ongoing monitoring of risk, it is intended that 
such  a  formal  risk  assessment  exercise  will  continue  to  be 
conducted on an annual basis.

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 
5. Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team 

led by the chair 

is  also 

Management 
for  establishing  and 
responsible 
maintaining  adequate  internal  control  and  risk  management 
systems  relating  to  the  financial  reporting  process  and  the 
Group’s process for the preparation of consolidated accounts. 
The  systems  and  controls  in  place  include  policies  and 
procedures  which  relate  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  transactions,  correctly  evidence 
and control the Group’s assets, provide reasonable assurance 
that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements 
in  accordance  with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted 
by the EU, and review and reconcile reported results. 

The  other  key  procedures  which  exist  to  provide  effective 
internal controls and risk management systems are as follows: 

•  lines  of  responsibility  and  delegated  authorities  are  clearly 

defined;

•  a formal risk register, which is regularly reviewed and updated;

•  annual  review  of  the  Group’s  insurance  policies  with  its 
insurance broker to ensure that the policies are appropriate 
for the Group’s activities and exposures;

•  a  comprehensive  system  for  consolidating  financial  results 
from Group companies and reporting these financial results 
to the Board; 

•  annual  revenue,  cash  flow  and  capital  forecasts  reviewed 
regularly during the year, regular monitoring of management 
accounts and capital expenditure reported to the Board and 
regular comparisons with forecasts;

•  financial controls and procedures; 

•  clear  guidelines 

the  authorisation  of  significant 
transactions  including  capital  expenditure  and  disposals 
under defined levels of authority;

for 

•  regular meetings of the Executive Directors; and

•  an  Audit  Committee  which  approves  audit  plans  and 
published  financial  information  and  reviews  reports  from 
the  external  auditor  arising  from  the  audit  and  deals  with 
significant control matters raised. 

The Group’s policies and procedures are regularly updated and 
distributed  throughout  the  Group.  The  Board  confirms  that  it 
has, during the reporting period, reviewed on an ongoing basis 
the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls 
including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk 
management  systems  and  has  reviewed  insurance  provisions. 
No significant failing or weaknesses have been identified.

The Board monitors the activities of the Group through regular 
Board meetings and it retains responsibility for approving any 
significant financial expenditure or commitment of resources.

The  Chairman,  Stephen  Murphy,  is  responsible  for  leadership  
of the Board, ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role. 
The Company is satisfied that the current Board is sufficiently 
resourced to discharge its governance obligations on behalf of 
all stakeholders and is mindful of the cost/benefit implications 
of further Board expansion for the Company. The Company will 
continue to keep this under review and maintain a balance of 
Non-Executive Director input as the Company grows.

To enable the Board to discharge its duties, all Directors receive 
appropriate  and  timely 
information.  Briefing  papers  are 
distributed to all Directors in advance of Board and Committee 
meetings. All Directors have access to the advice and services 
of the Chief Financial Officer and the Company Secretary, who 
are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  the  Board  procedures  are 
followed, and that applicable rules and regulations are complied 
with. In addition, procedures are in place to enable the Directors 
to obtain independent professional advice in the furtherance of 
their duties, if necessary, at the Company’s expense.

long-term  success. 

The  Board  is  responsible  to  the  shareholders  and  sets  the 
is 
Group’s  strategy  for  achieving 
ultimately  responsible  for  the  management,  governance, 
controls, risk management, direction and performance of the 
Group. At each of its meetings, the Board reviews the strategy 
and evaluates the progress of the Group in achieving its annual 
objectives. It also considers the risk of potential activities and 
monitors financial progress against budget.

It 

In between Board meetings, the Executive Directors maintain 
regular  informal  contact  with  the  Non-Executive  Directors. 
Whilst the Board retains overall responsibility for, and control 
of  the  Group,  day-to-day  management  of  the  business  is 
conducted  by  the  Executive  Directors  who  meet  with  the 
senior management team on a frequent basis. 

Board of Directors
The composition of the Board during the period is summarised 
in the table on page 28 of the Directors’ Report. As at the date 
of this report the Board comprises five members including two 
independent Non-Executive Directors, namely Stephen Murphy 
and Richard King.

Independence of Directors
The  Directors  acknowledge  the  importance  of  the  principles  
of  the  QCA  Code  which  recommend  that  a  company  should 
have  at  least  two  independent  Non-Executive  directors.  The 
Board  has,  therefore,  considered  and  determined  that,  since 
the date of their appointment on 5 July 2017, both the Chairman 
and  the  other  Non-Executive  Director  were,  and  continue  to 
be, independent of the executive management and free from 
any  relationship  which  could  materially  affect  the  exercise  of 
their independent judgement.

Both  the  independent  Non-Executive  Directors  constructively 
challenge  and  help  develop  proposals  on  strategy  and  bring 
strong, independent judgement, knowledge and experience to 
the  Board’s  deliberations.  The  independent  Non-Executive 
Directors are of sufficient experience and competence that their 
views carry significant weight in the Board’s decision making.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 35

C O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E   S T A T E M E N T

( C O N T I N U E D )

5. Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team 

led by the chair (continued)

At  each  meeting  the  Board  considers  Directors’  conflicts  of 
interest. The Company’s articles of association provide for the 
Board to authorise any actual or potential conflicts of interest. 

The  Non-Executive  Directors  have  regular  opportunities  to 
meet  without  Executive  Directors  being  present  (including 
time after Board and Committee meetings).

Time commitments
On  joining  the  Board,  Non-Executive  Directors  receive  a  formal 
appointment  letter,  which  identifies  the  terms  and  conditions  of 
their appointment and, in particular, the time commitment expected 
of  them.  A  potential  director  candidate  (whether  an  Executive 
Director  or  Non-Executive  Director)  is  required  to  disclose  all 
significant outside commitments prior to their appointment. 

Director

Stephen Murphy

Remy Millott

Kevin McNair 

Rupert Savage

Richard King

Board

19/19

19/19

19/19

19/19

19/19

In  the  appropriate  circumstances,  the  Board  may  authorise 
Executive  Directors  to  take  non-executive  positions  in  other 
companies  and  organisations,  provided  the  time  commitment 
does  not  conflict  with  the  Director’s  duties  to  the  Company,  
since  such  appointments  should  broaden  their  experience.  The 
acceptance  of  appointment  to  such  positions  is  subject  to  the 
approval of the Chairman. 

The  Board  is  satisfied  that  both  the  Chairman  and  the  other  
Non-Executive  Director  are  able  to,  and  do,  devote  sufficient 
time to the Company’s business.

Attendance at Board and Committee meetings
The Board considers that it has shown its commitment to leading 
and  controlling  the  Group  by  meeting  19  times  during  the  year 
ended 31 December 2020. Twelve of these meetings were routine, 
and seven were called on short notice to assess and monitor the 
impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on the Group’s operations. 
The attendance of each Director at Board and Committee meetings 
during the period is set out in the table below: 

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

6/6

3/3

1/1

6/6

3/3

1/1

Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended/number eligible to attend. Directors’ attendance by invitation at meetings 
of Committees of which they are not a member is not reflected in the above table. 

As a result of the various restrictions imposed by the UK government in an effort to contain the spread of COVID-19, all Board and 
Committee meetings held since March 2020 have been conducted remotely either by video conference or telephone. All participants 
have adapted very well to this style of communication, which has proved to be an efficient and effective meeting format. 

6. Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities 

The Board currently comprises three Executive and two Non-Executive Directors with an appropriate balance of sector, financial 
and public market skills and experience to deliver the Group’s strategy for the benefit of shareholders over the medium to long 
term. The balance of skills and experience of the current Board is summarised below:

Director

Stephen Murphy

Remy Millott

Kevin McNair

Rupert Savage

Richard King

Sector

Financial

General 
Management

Other public 
company  
(board level)

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

The  skills  and  experience  of  the  Board  are  set  out  in  their 
biographical  details  on  pages  26  and  27.  The  experience  and 
knowledge  of  each  of  the  Directors  gives  them  the  ability  to 
constructively  challenge  the  strategy  and  to  scrutinise 

performance.  The  Board  also  has  access  to  external  advisors 
where  necessary.  Neither  the  Board  nor  its  Committees  
sought  external  advice  on  any  significant  matter  during  the 
reporting period.

36 GYG plc

 
 
 
 
 
On joining the Board, new Directors are advised of their legal 
and other duties and obligations as a director of an AIM-listed 
company.  They  also  take  part  in  a  formal  induction  process, 
including  the  provision  of  past  Board  materials  to  provide 
background  information  on  the  Company  and  information  
on Board processes and governance framework. The induction 
is tailored to meet each new Director’s specific needs. 

Throughout their period in office the Directors are continually 
updated on the Group’s business, the industry and competitive 
environment in which it operates, corporate social responsibility 
matters  and  other  changes  affecting  the  Group  by  written 
briefings and meetings with senior executives. 

Each Director takes responsibility for maintaining his/her skill 
set, which includes roles and experience with other boards and 
organisations as well as attending formal training and seminars. 
The Executive Directors receive regular and ongoing updates 
from  their  professional  advisors  covering  financial,  legal,  
tax and Stock Exchange regulations.

The  Company  Secretary  provides  information  and  advice  on 
corporate  governance  and  individual  support  to  Directors  on 
any aspect of their role, particularly supporting the Chairman 
and  those  who  chair  Board  Committees.  The  Company 
Secretary is also responsible for ensuring that Board procedures 
are  followed,  that  the  Company  complies  with  company  law 
and the AIM Rules, and that the Board receives the information 
it needs on a timely basis to fulfil its duties effectively. 

The Company is a strong supporter of diversity in the boardroom 
and the senior management team. The Board currently comprises 
five  male  Directors  and  the  Company  Secretary  is  female. 
Approximately  25%  of  the  senior  management  team  is  female. 
The Company remains of the opinion that appointments to the 
Board should be made relative to a number of different criteria, 
including diversity of gender, background and personal attributes, 
alongside the appropriate skill set, experience and expertise.

7.  Evaluate board performance based on clear and relevant 

objectives, seeking continuous improvement 

Board evaluation
The Board is mindful that it needs to continually monitor and 
identify  ways  in  which  it  might  improve  its  performance  and 
recognises that board evaluation is a useful tool for enhancing 
a board’s effectiveness. Alongside the formal annual evaluation, 
the Chairman routinely assesses the performance of the Board 
and its members and discusses any problems or shortcomings 
(if any) with the relevant Directors.

After  considering  different  alternatives,  the  Board  made  the 
decision  to  undertake  the  2020  evaluation  internally,  using  
a process led by the Chairman, which included the completion 
by each Director of a confidential questionnaire in respect of 
the  Board  evaluation,  and  of  a  confidential  questionnaire  for 
each of the Committees of which they were a member. These 
questionnaires  covered  all  aspects  of  good  governance,  and 
the  Directors  were  also  required  to  assess  their  satisfaction 
with the operation of the Board and its Committees, as well as 
the  effectiveness  of  these  bodies 
in  fulfilling  the  key 
responsibilities set out in their respective terms of reference.

Directors’ Governance Report

A  similar  confidential  questionnaire  process  was  undertaken  
in  respect  of  the  evaluation  of  the  Chairman’s  performance, 
with  feedback  being  provided  to  the  Chairman  by  the  other 
Non-Executive Director. 

Further  details  of  the  criteria  against  which  the  Board,  its 
Committees and the individual effectiveness of the Directors and 
the  Chairman  were  considered  can  be  found  at  www.gygplc.
com/investor-relations/investor-relations-corporate-governance. 

The completed questionnaires were analysed by the Company 
Secretary and the outcomes were reviewed and considered by 
the  Board  as  a  whole.  As  in  the  previous  year,  there  were  no 
significant issues identified during the evaluation process, and 
any  minor  areas  requiring  a  level  of  improvement  either  have 
been or will be addressed. It was, therefore, concluded that: 

• 

 the  Board  continued  to  meet  its  regulatory  requirements 
and that appropriate processes were in place for setting the 
strategic direction of the Group; 

• 

 each  Committee  continued  to  be  effective  and  that  all 
members were considered to have made valuable contributions; 

• 

individual Directors continued to perform effectively; and 

• 

 the  process  for  evaluation  of  the  Chairman’s  performance 
had been conducted in a professional and thorough manner, 
and that the Chairman performed his role appropriately.

Succession planning
The  Nomination  Committee  is  responsible  for  succession 
planning  of  the  executive  leadership  team  and  for  the 
appointment  and  re-appointment  of  any  Non-Executive 
Directors  if  and  when  necessary.  Further  details  of  the 
Company’s approach to succession planning are set out in the 
Nomination Committee Report on page 39.

8.  Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values 

and behaviours 

The  Group  adopts  a  policy  of  equal  opportunities  in  the 
recruitment and engagement of staff as well as during the course 
of their employment. It endeavours to promote the best use of its 
human resources on the basis of individual skills and experience 
matched against those required for the work to be performed. 

The  Group  recognises  the  importance  of  investing  in  its 
employees and, as such, the Group provides opportunities for 
training  and  personal  development  and  encourages  the 
involvement  of  employees  in  the  planning  and  direction  of 
their  work.  These  values  are  applied  regardless  of  age,  race, 
religion, gender, sexual orientation or disability.

The Group believes that it has robust policies and procedures for 
combating bribery and corruption. A copy of the Group’s Anti-
Corruption  and  Bribery  Policy  can  be  found  on  the  Group’s 
website  (www.gygplc.com/investor-relations/investor-relations-
corporate-governance).

The  Group  recognises  that  commercial  success  depends  on 
the  full  commitment  of  all  its  employees  and  commits  to 
respecting their human rights, to provide them with favourable 
working conditions that are free from unnecessary risk and to 
maintain fair and competitive terms and conditions of service 
at all times. The performance and reward system endorses the 
desired ethical behaviours across all levels of the Group.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 37

C O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E   S T A T E M E N T

other  member  of 
the  Remuneration  Committee.  The 
Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference are available on 
the  Company’s  website  (www.gygplc.com/investor-relations/
investor-relations-corporate-governance/).

The Directors’ Remuneration Report and details of the activities 
and  responsibilities  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  are  set 
out on pages 43 to 46. 

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee has Stephen Murphy as chairman, 
and  identifies  and  nominates,  for  the  approval  of  the  Board, 
candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise. The 
Nomination  Committee  meets  at  least  once  a  year.  Richard 
King is the other member of the Nomination Committee. The 
Nomination Committee’s terms of reference are available at on 
the  Company’s  website  (www.gygplc.com/investor-relations/
investor-relations-corporate-governance/).

Details of the activities and responsibilities of the Nomination 
Committee are set out on page 39. 

BUILD TRUST
10. Communicate how the Company is governed  

and is performing

As explained earlier in this Corporate Governance Statement, 
the Board has established a Nomination Committee, an Audit 
Committee and a Remuneration Committee. The work of each 
of  the  Board  Committees  undertaken  during  the  year  ended  
31 December 2020 is detailed on pages 39 to 46. 

The  results  of  the  poll  voting  at  the  2020  annual  general 
meeting and also at the general meeting held on 2 September 
2020  are  available  on  the  Company’s  website  (www.gygplc.
com/investor-relations/investor-relations-corporate-
governance/).  No  resolutions  had  a  significant  proportion 
(>20%) of votes cast against them at either of those meetings, 
and, in fact, all resolutions proposed at the September general 
meeting were passed with 100% of the votes cast in favour.

The  Board  maintains  a  healthy  dialogue  with  all  of  its 
stakeholders. Throughout the course of the financial year the 
Board communicates with shareholders directly and also uses 
an  external 
to  canvass 
shareholders  on  any  views,  concerns  and  expectations  they 
may wish to express indirectly. 

relations  consultant 

investor 

( C O N T I N U E D )

9.  Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for 
purpose and support good decision-making by the board 

The Chairman, Stephen Murphy, is responsible for leadership of 
the  Board,  ensuring  its  effectiveness,  setting  its  agenda  and 
ensuring  that  the  Directors  receive  accurate,  timely  and  clear 
information. The Chairman also ensures effective communication 
with  shareholders  and  facilitates  the  effective  contribution  of 
the  other  Non-Executive  Director.  Remy  Millott,  as  Chief 
Executive Officer, is responsible for the operational management 
of  the  Group  and  the  implementation  of  Board  strategy  and 
policy. By dividing responsibilities in this way, no one individual 
has unfettered powers of decision-making.

There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for decision by 
the Board in place which enables the Board to provide leadership 
and ensure effectiveness, a copy of which may be found at on 
the  Company’s  website  (www.gygplc.com/investor-relations/
investor-relations-corporate-governance/). 
Such  matters 
include business strategy and management, financial reporting 
(including the approval of the annual budget), Group policies, 
corporate  governance  matters,  major  capital  expenditure 
projects,  material  acquisitions  and  divestments  and  the 
establishment and monitoring of internal controls.

The appropriateness of the Board’s composition and corporate 
governance structures are reviewed through the ongoing Board 
evaluation  process  and  on  an  ad  hoc  basis  by  the  Chairman 
together  with  the  other  Directors,  and  these  will  evolve  in 
parallel  with  the  Group’s  objectives,  strategy  and  business 
model as the Group develops.

Board Committees
The Board has established Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees  and  the  Company  Secretary  acts  as  secretary  
to each of the three Committees.

Audit Committee
The  Audit  Committee  has  Richard  King  as  chairman,  and  has 
primary  responsibility  for  monitoring  the  quality  of  internal 
controls, ensuring that the financial performance of the Group is 
properly measured and reported on, and for reviewing reports 
from the Group’s auditor relating to the Group’s accounting and 
internal controls, in all cases having due regard to the interests 
of  shareholders.  The  Audit  Committee  meets  at  least  twice  a 
year.  Stephen  Murphy  is  the  other  member  of  the  Audit 
Committee.  The  Audit  Committee’s  terms  of  reference  are 
available on the Company’s website (www.gygplc.com/investor-
relations/investor-relations-corporate-governance/). 

A  report  on  the  duties  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  how  it 
discharges its responsibilities is provided on pages 40 to 42.

Remuneration Committee
The  Remuneration  Committee  has  Stephen  Murphy  as 
chairman,  and  reviews  the  performance  of  the  Executive 
Directors, and determines their terms and conditions of service, 
including their remuneration and the grant of options, having 
due regard to the interests of shareholders. The Remuneration 
Committee  meets  at  least  twice  a  year.  Richard  King  is  the 

38 GYG plc

 
Directors’ Governance Report

N O M I N A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E   R E P O R T

In  accordance  with  its  terms  of  reference,  the  Nomination 
Committee is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and 
composition  of  the  Board  based  upon  the  skills,  knowledge 
and  experience  required  to  ensure  that  the  Board  operates 
effectively, and for identifying and nominating, for the approval 
of the Board, candidates to fill board vacancies as and when 
they arise. The Nomination Committee is also responsible for 
succession  planning  of  the  executive  leadership  team  and 
makes recommendations to the Board for the re-appointment 
of any Non-Executive Directors if and when necessary. 

SUCCESSION PLANNING
The Nomination Committee has identified succession planning 
as a key consideration for GYG and a formal succession plan is 
now in place. Key individuals in the senior/middle management 
teams  have  been  identified  and  a  matrix  has  been  prepared 
which is updated on a regular basis. This matrix indicates how 
succession  challenges  would  be  managed  on  a  short-  and 
long-term  basis  within  the  practical  constraints  of  the 
Company’s  financial  capabilities  and  its  strategic  position 
within a developing but specialist industry. 

Stephen  Murphy  acts  as  Chairman  of  the  Nomination 
Committee  and  its  other  member  is  Richard  King.  Both 
members  are  independent  Non-Executive  Directors.  The 
Nomination Committee meets at least once a year and at other 
times as and when required. Details of meeting attendance are 
shown in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 36.

The effectiveness of the Nomination Committee is reviewed by 
the Board annually.

The  Nomination  Committee  met  once  during  the  reporting 
period.  Business  conducted  at  that  meeting 
included  
the following:

three  Executive  Directors  and 

STRUCTURE, SIZE AND COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD
The  Nomination  Committee  reviewed  the  structure,  size  and 
composition of the Board in conjunction with the outcome of 
the  2020  Board/Committee  performance  evaluation  process 
and was of the view that the current composition of the Board 
independent  
of 
Non-Executive Directors was appropriate at the present time, 
taking  into  account  the  Company’s  current  size  and  stage  of 
development. However, the Nomination Committee noted that 
it  would  continue  to  monitor  and  keep  under  review  the 
structure,  size  and  composition  of  the  Board.  There  were  no 
changes to the Board membership during the reporting period.

two 

The Nomination Committee further noted that the appointment 
of  the  Non-Executive  Directors  is  for  an  initial  term  of  three 
years, with such appointments being terminable by either the 
Company  or  the  individual  Director  on  three  months’  notice. 
Each  appointment  is  contingent  on  satisfactory  performance 
and to the re-election criteria more fully explained on page 39. 
As both Nomination Committee members were appointed as 
initial  
Non-Executive  Directors  of  the  Company  for  an 
three-year term, expiring on the third anniversary of the date 
of  the  IPO,  i.e.  5  July  2020,  the  possible  extension  of  their 
respective  appointments  was  referred  to  the  Executive 
Directors. It is typically expected for Non-Executive Directors 
to serve two three-year terms (although they can be invited by 
the Board to serve an additional period thereafter). After due 
consideration,  it  was  unanimously  agreed  by  the  Executive 
Directors that both Stephen Murphy and Richard King would 
be  invited  to  serve  a  further  three-year  term,  and  having 
considered  the  proposal,  each  Non-Executive  Director 
confirmed that he was willing to serve in his current capacity 
for a further three years on the same terms.

talent 
The  Nomination  Committee  also  oversees 
management and development within the Group and seeks to 
make appropriate investment at all levels of the organisation to 
provide meaningful opportunities and a realistic level of internal 
candidates  for  key  roles.  The  Nomination  Committee  also 
identifies  where  succession  solutions  would  involve  external 
recruitment and plans appropriately for such situations. 

the 

BOARD/COMMITTEE PERFORMANCE  
EVALUATION PROCESS 
It  was  noted  that  a  formal  Board/Committee  performance 
evaluation would be conducted by way of a questionnaire and 
Chairman  interviews  during  2020.  Further  details  of  this 
process  and  the  outcomes  are  set  out  on  page  37  of  the 
Corporate Governance Statement.

RETIREMENT AND RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 
The  Nomination  Committee  considered  the  terms  of  the 
Company’s  articles  of  association  (the  “Articles”)  regarding 
retirement and re-election of Directors and noted in particular 
that any Director not otherwise required to retire from office at 
an annual general meeting shall do so unless he was appointed 
or re-appointed as a Director at either of the last two annual 
general  meetings  before  that  meeting.  In  this  regard,  the 
Nomination  Committee  concluded  that  as  both  Remy  Millott 
and Rupert Savage had been last appointed at the 2018 annual 
general  meeting,  they  were  required  to  retire  and,  being 
eligible,  offer  themselves  for  re-election  at  the  2021  annual 
general meeting.

STEPHEN MURPHY
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

23 April 2021

Annual report and financial statements 2020 39

A U D I T   C O M M I T T E E   R E P O R T

AUDIT COMMITTEE
The  Audit  Committee  meets  at  least  three  times  a  year  and 
met six times during the reporting period. Details of meeting 
attendance are shown in the Corporate Governance Statement 
on page 36. The Group’s external auditor was present at four of 
those meetings.

Richard King acts as Chairman of the Audit Committee and has 
recent  and  relevant  financial  experience  through  his  former 
role with EY as deputy Managing Partner of UK & Ireland and a 
member  of  both  the  Europe,  Middle  East,  India  and  Africa 
(EMEIA)  Board  and  Global  management  group,  and  his 
subsequent  involvement  either  as  chairman  or  non-executive 
director  on  a  variety  of  private  and  public  companies.  He  is 
also  a  Fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Chartered  Accountants. 
Stephen Murphy is the other member of the Audit Committee 
and qualified as a Chartered Management Accountant in 1979. 
Both of the Audit Committee members are independent Non-
Executive Directors. 

In accordance with the FRC’s Guidance on Audit Committees, 
no  one  other  than  the  Audit  Committee  Chairman  and  the 
other member receive automatic invitations to meetings of the 
Audit  Committee.  The  Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  Chief 
Executive Officer and the external auditor are invited to attend 
meetings on a regular basis, and other non-members may be 
invited to attend all or part of any meeting and as and when 
considered appropriate and necessary. 

The Audit Committee meets the external auditor at least once 
a  year  without  executive  management  present,  and  the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee keeps in touch on a continual 
basis  with  the  key  people 
in  the  Company’s 
governance,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  Chief 
Financial  Officer,  the  Company  Secretary  and  the  external 
audit  lead  partner.  An  induction  programme  is  provided  for 
new Audit Committee members covering the role of the Audit 
Committee,  its  terms  of  reference  and  an  overview  of  the 
Group’s  business,  including  the  main  business  and  financial 
dynamics and risks. 

involved 

SUMMARY OF THE ROLE OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
In the course of discharging its duties and responsibilities, the 
Audit Committee focuses particularly on compliance with legal 
requirements and accounting standards and on ensuring that 
an effective system of internal financial controls is maintained. 

The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for monitoring 
the  quality  of  internal  controls,  ensuring  that  the  financial 
performance of the Group is properly measured and reported 
on, and for reviewing reports from the Group’s external auditor 
relating to the Group’s accounting and internal controls, in all 
cases  having  due  regard  to  the  interests  of  shareholders.  Its 
other responsibilities include reviewing and monitoring:

•  the  integrity  of  the  financial  statements  of  the  Group  and 
any formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial 
performance;

•  the  Group’s  internal  financial  controls  and  internal  control 

and risk management systems;

•  the requirement for an internal audit function;

•  the Group’s whistleblowing, fraud detection and anti-bribery 

procedures;

•  the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the 

effectiveness of the audit process; and 

•  making recommendations to the Board on the appointment 

and re-appointment of the Group’s external auditor.

The  Audit  Committee  reports  to  the  Board,  identifying  any 
need  for  action  or  improvement  on  any  of  these  terms  of 
reference and makes recommendations as to the steps to be 
taken. The effectiveness of the Audit Committee is reviewed by 
the Board annually.

EXTERNAL AUDITOR
The Audit Committee is responsible for making recommendations 
to the Board on the appointment, re-appointment and removal 
of the external auditor and assesses annually the qualifications, 
expertise,  resources,  remuneration  and  independence  of  the 
external auditor. The Audit Committee also receives a report on 
the external audit firm’s own internal quality control procedures, 
and  confirmation  of  the  external  auditor’s  independence.  For 
each annual cycle, the Audit Committee ensures that appropriate 
plans are in place for the external audit.

PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  (“PWC”)  were  the  Company’s 
and the Group’s external auditor for the financial years ended 
31  December  2019  and  31  December  2020,  having  been 
appointed  following  a  formal  tender  process  in  respect  of 
external audit services undertaken by the Audit Committee in 
early 2019. 

In  accordance  with  professional  standards,  the  PWC  senior 
statutory auditor responsible for the audit will be rotated every 
five years. The current senior statutory auditor was appointed 
in respect of the year ended 31 December 2019. 

The Audit Committee annually reviews the effectiveness of the 
external  auditor.  This  process  involves  the  external  auditor 
presenting  to  the  Audit  Committee  its  proposed  audit  scope, 
such presentation last having taken place in November 2020 in 
relation  to  the  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2020. The external auditor also presents to the Audit 
Committee  the  output  of  its  detailed  year-end  work  and  the 
Audit Committee challenges significant judgements (if any). In 
making  its  assessment  of  external  auditor  effectiveness,  the 
Audit Committee reviews the audit engagement letters before 
signature,  reviews  the  external  auditor’s  summary  of  Group 
issues, and conducts an overall review of the effectiveness of the 
external  audit  process  and  the  external  auditor.  The  Audit 
Committee reports its findings to the Board.

The Audit Committee and the Board have been satisfied with 
the performance of PWC since their appointment as external 
auditor. The Audit Committee and the Board are also satisfied 
with  the  policies  and  procedures  the  external  auditor  has  
in place to maintain their objectivity and independence. 

40 GYG plc

The Audit Committee also approves in advance any non-audit 
services to be performed by the auditor such as tax compliance 
and  advisory  work,  audit-related  assurance 
services  
(e.g.  reviews  of  internal  controls  and  reviewing  the  Group’s 
interim financial statements). 

Any non-audit services that are to be provided by the external 
auditor are reviewed in order to safeguard auditor objectivity 
and  independence.  During  the  reporting  period,  non-audit 
services have been provided in respect of the interim review of 
the  half  year  financial  statements,  advice  on  banking 
negotiations and covenant calculations. All non-audit services 
have to be approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee, 
who considers whether appropriate safeguards are in place in 
respect  of  non-audit  services  being  delivered.  These  include 
delivery of non-audit services by a partner independent of the 
audit.  Accordingly,  the  Board  can  confirm  that  during  the 
reporting  period  there  have  been  no  non-audit  services  that 
are  considered  to  have 
impaired  the  objectivity  and 
independence  of  the  external  auditor.  A  full  breakdown  of 
payments  made  to  the  external  auditor  during  the  financial 
year is disclosed within note 7 on page 67. 

WORK UNDERTAKEN BY THE AUDIT COMMITTEE DURING 
THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020
The  key  matters  considered  during  the  reporting  period  by  
the  Audit  Committee  whilst  discharging  its  duties  and 
responsibilities are set out below:

•  review of the annual report and financial statements for the 
year ended 31 December 2019, including an in-depth going 
concern  analysis,  with  particular  regard  to  the  possible 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Group’s business;

•  consideration and review of the Group’s new bank facilities 
agreed  with  its  lenders  to  further  strengthen  the  balance 
sheet and provide resilience against COVID-19 uncertainties;

•  consideration and approval of the unaudited interim financial 

statements for the period ended 30 June 2020;

•  consideration of new IFRS accounting standards;

•  discussions with the external auditor on the audit approach 
and  strategy,  the  audit  process,  significant  audit  risks  and 
key issues of focus for the annual audit;

•  review  of  the  financial  integrity  of  the  Group’s  financial 
relevant  corporate  governance 

including 

statements 
statements; 

•  approval  of  the  audit  fees  for  the  financial  year  ended  

31 December 2020;

•  approval of non-audit work to be carried out by the external 

auditor;

•  consideration  of  the  independence  and  objectivity  of  the 

external auditor;

•  review of the internal controls and risk management systems 

within the Group;

•  consideration  of  the  requirement  for  the  Group  to  have  an 

internal audit function;

Directors’ Governance Report

•  review of the effectiveness of the external auditor, as more 

fully described above; 

•  review  of  the  accounting  treatment  of  additional  costs 
incurred as a direct result of the COVID-19 pandemic; and

•  post-period,  review  of  the  annual  report  and  financial 

statements for the year ended 31 December 2020.

The  ultimate  responsibility  for  reviewing  and  approving  the 
financial statements in the interim and annual reports remains 
with the Board.

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES RELATED  
TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The  Audit  Committee,  in  consultation  with  management  and 
the  external  auditor,  has  considered  a  number  of  significant 
judgements  and  estimates  relating  to  the  preparation  of  the 
financial statements contained in this annual report as follows:

Judgements
Going concern
A  full  description  of  the  Group’s  business  activities,  financial 
position  and  cash  flows,  together  with  the  factors  likely  to 
affect its future development and performance, is set out in the 
Strategic  Report,  including  the  Financial  Review,  and  in  note 
2.3 of the financial statements. Further details of the borrowing 
facilities are also set out in note 17 of the financial statements.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the Group’s cash flow and 
profit and loss forecasts, including a sensitivity analysis and a 
review  of  forecast  compliance  with  loan  covenants  for  the 
purposes  of  the  going  concern  review.  This  process  included 
an assessment of the expected impact of the COVID pandemic 
on  those  forecasts  including  unlikely  but  plausible  significant 
downsides.  This  assessment  has  been  reviewed  extensively 
and will be updated regularly going forward. Management will 
continue to update their forecasts and take appropriate steps 
to manage covenant compliance. 

Estimates 
Fraud in revenue recognition/revenue recorded for long-term 
contracts

Revenue  recorded  through  contract  accounting  is  subject  to 
estimation and judgement in the assessment of costs remaining 
to  complete  for  contracts  which  are  ongoing  at  year  end. 
Understatement  of  expected  or  contingency  costs  would 
increase the percentage of completion causing revenue to be 
overstated. An overstatement of costs would have an opposite 
effect and impact on the completeness of revenue.

The  Audit  Committee  has  consulted  with  management  and 
reviewed the external auditor’s findings following their detailed 
testing  and  review  procedures  on  selected  contracts  with 
higher  risk  characteristics  and  is  satisfied  that  revenue  has 
been properly recognised

Valuation of goodwill and other acquired intangibles 
For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  management  have 
updated their forecasts and reviewed for impairment. Goodwill 
is  allocated  to  each  of  the  cash-generating  units  (‘‘CGUs’’) 
expected  to  benefit  from  the  synergies  of  the  combination.  

Annual report and financial statements 2020 41

A U D I T   C O M M I T T E E   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

As of year-end the recoverable amount of the CGU is more than 
the  carrying  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  amount, 
concluding that an impairment is not necessary to be recognised. 

The  Audit  Committee  has  considered  the  external  auditor’s 
findings  and  discussed  the  outcomes  with  management  and, 
after  due  consideration,  believes  that  the  accounting  and 
disclosures relating to goodwill valuation are appropriate.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL
The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  Group’s  internal 
control  systems  and  for  monitoring  their  effectiveness.  The 
Board  maintains  a  system  of  internal  controls  to  safeguard 
shareholders’  investment  and  the  Group’s  assets,  and  has 
established  a  continuous  process  for  identifying,  evaluating 
and managing the significant risks the Group faces. The Board 
regularly  reviews  the  process,  which  has  been  in  place 
throughout  the  period  and  up  to  the  date  of  approval  of  the 
annual report and financial statements. 

The  Board’s  internal  control  and  risk  management  review 
process  (conducted  with  the  assistance  of  the  Audit 
Committee), is outlined on pages 34 and 35.

INTERNAL AUDIT
The  Board  considers  the  need  for  an  internal  audit  function 
annually  and  in  consultation  with  the  external  auditor  has 
concluded that, given the current size of the Group’s operations, 
it is not necessary at this time. In forming its decision, the Audit 
Committee considered that all of the finance function is located 
at the Palma, Mallorca head office, and this finance team makes 
regular  visits  to  overseas  locations.  The  efficacy  of  internal 
controls  is  considered  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  the  Audit 
Committee  believes  these  controls  to  be  sufficient  for  
a business the scale and complexity of the Group. 

Approved on behalf of the Board

RICHARD KING
Chairman of the Audit Committee

23 April 2021

42 GYG plc

Directors’ Governance Report

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to 
present our report for the year ended 31 December 2020.

This  report  does  not  constitute  a  full  directors’  remuneration 
report in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the UK 
Listing  Rules.  As  a  company  whose  shares  are  admitted  to 
trading on AIM, the Company is not required by the Companies 
Act to prepare such a report. We do, however, have regard to 
the  principles  of  the  QCA  Code  which  we  consider  to  be 
appropriate  for  an  AIM  company  of  our  size.  The  report 
provides  details  of  remuneration  for  all  Directors  and  gives  
a general statement of policy on Directors’ remuneration as it 
is  currently  applied.  It  also  provides  a  summary  of  the  
long-term share incentive scheme currently in place. 

STEPHEN MURPHY
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Key responsibilities
The  Remuneration  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing  the 
performance  of  the  Executive  Directors  and  for  determining 
their terms and conditions of service, including their remuneration 
and the grant of options, having due regard to the interests of 
shareholders. The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors 
is a matter for the Board or the shareholders (within the limits set 
out in the articles of association). 

The  effectiveness  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  is  reviewed 
by the Board annually.

Composition and meetings
The Remuneration Committee meets at least twice a year (and 
at  such  other  times  as  may  be  deemed  necessary).  Stephen 
Murphy acts as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, and 
Richard  King  is  the  other  member.  Both  members  are 
considered by the Board to be independent. 

Only members of the Remuneration Committee have the right 
to attend meetings, but other Directors and external advisers 
may be invited to attend all or part of any meeting as and when 
appropriate.  No  Director  may  be  involved  in  discussions 
relating to their own remuneration.

The  Remuneration  Committee  met  three  times  during  the 
reporting period. Details of meeting attendance are shown in 
the Corporate Governance Statement on page 36. 

At those meetings, the Remuneration Committee:

•  considered  whether  bonus  targets  had  been  achieved  for 

the year ended 31 December 2019;

•  conducted  a  review  of  basic  salaries  payable  for  the  year 

ended 31 December 2020; 

•  set  bonus  performance  targets  for  the  year  ended  

31 December 2020; 

•  considered  and  approved  awards  to  be  made  under  the 

long-term incentive plan; and 

•  assessed  the  performance  targets  attached  to  the  awards 

made under the long-term incentive plan in 2017.

Post-period,  the  Remuneration  Committee  met  to  conduct  a 
review  of  all  aspects  of  the  remuneration  packages  of  the 
Executive Directors to ensure that they continue to reward and 
motivate  achievement  of  medium  and  long-term  objectives, 
and  to  align  the 
interests  of  Executive  Directors  and 
shareholders. This assessment included:

•  considering  whether  bonus  targets  had  been  achieved  for 

the year ended 31 December 2020;

•  reviewing  basic  salaries  payable  for  the  year  ending  

31 December 2021; 

•  setting  bonus  performance  targets  for  the  year  ending  

31 December 2021; and

•  considering  awards  to  be  made  under  the  long-term 

incentive plan.

POLICY ON EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
The  Remuneration  Committee  recognises  the  importance  of 
the Company’s reward and performance strategy in recruiting 
and  retaining  high  quality  individuals  who  can  lead,  develop 
and sustain business growth over the longer term.

The  policy  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  is  to  ensure  that 
the Executive Directors are fairly rewarded for their individual 
contributions  to  the  Company’s  overall  performance  and  to 
provide  them  with  a  competitive  remuneration  package 
(including  long-term  incentive  plans)  to  attract,  retain  and 
motivate  individuals  of  the  experience  and  competence 
required  to  ensure  that  the  Company  is  managed  effectively 
and successfully in the interests of shareholders. When setting 
the  remuneration  policy  for  Directors,  the  Remuneration 
Committee reviews and has regard to the pay and employment 
conditions  across  the  Group,  especially  when  determining 
salary increases.

The  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  may  consult 
with  major  shareholders  from  time  to  time,  or  when  any 
significant remuneration changes are proposed, to understand 
their  expectations  with  regard  to  Executive  Directors’ 
remuneration  and  will  report  back  to  the  Remuneration 
Committee.  Any  other  concerns 
individual 
shareholders  will  also  be  considered.  The  Remuneration 
Committee also takes into account emerging best practice and 
guidance from major institutional shareholders. 

raised  by 

The  main  elements  of  the  remuneration  packages  of  the 
Executive Directors are as follows:

Basic annual salary
Basic  salary  is  reviewed  annually  by  the  Remuneration 
Committee  and  takes  into  account  a  number  of  factors, 
including the current position and development of the Group, 
individual  contribution  and  market  salaries  for  comparable 
organisations.  There  is  no  prescribed  minimum  or  maximum 
increase,  and  there  is  no  obligation  on  the  Remuneration 
Committee to increase basic salary.

After  due  consideration,  the  Remuneration  Committee 
approved an increase of 5% in respect of the basic salaries of 
both  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Commercial 
Officer for the year ended 31 December 2020. This was the first 
uplift in their basic salaries since the IPO in July 2017. All other 
Directors´  salaries  remained  unchanged.  For  the  majority  of 
staff  across  the  Group  a  cost-of-living  increase  in  salary  was 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 43

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T

( C O N T I N U E D )

Basic annual salary (continued)
approved,  with  a  small  number  of  employees  who  had  been 
promoted  to  the  senior  management  team  receiving  slightly 
higher awards to reflect their increased responsibilities.

In  light  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  ongoing  cost  saving 
measures,  post-period  no  increases  in  the  Directors’  salaries 
were  awarded  for  the  year  ending  31  December  2021,  but  
a  small  cost  of  living  salary  increase  was  approved  for  the 
general workforce.

The  Company  does  not  provide  an  occupational  pension 
scheme for Executive Directors, nor does it make contributions 
into the private pension schemes of the Executive Directors.

Discretionary bonus
At the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, taking into 
account  performance  against  certain  financial  and  individual 
targets,  an  Executive  Director  may  be  entitled  to  an  annual 
discretionary  cash  bonus  on  such  terms  and  subject  to  such 
conditions  as  may  be  decided  from  time  to  time  by  the 
Remuneration Committee. Bonuses will normally be capped at 
100%  of  the  relevant  Executive  Director’s  base  salary  for 
exceptional out-performance. 

The  performance  criteria  are  set  by  the  Remuneration 
Committee  based  upon  a  combination  of  target  financial 
criteria  and  specific  personal  objectives  which  are  agreed  by 
the Remuneration Committee with the Chief Executive Officer 
and  the  relevant  Executive  Director.  For  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer and the Chief Commercial Officer, the bonus awards are 
primarily  weighted  on  financial  targets,  but  also  include  a 
number  of  role-specific  personal  objectives.  For  the  Chief 
Financial  Officer,  the  weighting  is  50:50  on  financial  targets 
and  specific  personal  objectives.  The  weightings  are  kept 
under  review  to  ensure  that  they  are  creating  both  intended 
outcomes and correct behaviours in the leadership team. 

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2020,  the  annual  bonus 
financial targets for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer were based on certain performance criteria in 
relation  to  revenue  and  EBITDA.  The  financial  targets  for  the 
Chief  Commercial  Officer  primarily  related  to  revenue.  Each 
Executive Director was also set a number of individual targets. 

Following a review of performance against the bonus targets 
which had been set for the year ended 31 December 2020, the 
Remuneration Committee concluded that the financial targets 
had  not  been  sufficiently  met  to  create  a  pool  from  which 
bonuses  could  be  paid  and,  therefore,  no  bonuses  were 
awarded to the Executive Directors for that period despite the 
achievement of role-specific personal objectives.

For  the  year  ending  31  December  2021,  the  annual  bonuses  
for  Executive  Directors  will  once  again  be  determined  by  
a  combination  of  the  achievement  of  financial  targets  and 
individual targets. The individual targets are linked to certain 
KPIs  and  are  underpinned  by  a  condition  relating  to  the 
Company’s financial performance.

The Board considers that the actual targets for the year ending 
31 December 2021 bonus are commercially sensitive and details 
will be disclosed retrospectively in the annual report for  that 
financial year, provided they are not considered commercially 

44 GYG plc

sensitive  at  that  time.  In  accordance  with  the  Directors’ 
remuneration  policy,  targets  are  stretching  and  aimed  
at  rewarding  performance  against  specific  near-term  goals, 
which are consistent with the interests of shareholders and the 
overall strategic direction of the business.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (Audited)
In  order  to  operate  the  discretionary  share-based  incentive 
awards  to  Executive  Directors  and  selected  employees,  the 
Company has established a performance share plan, the GYG 
plc Performance Share Plan 2017 (the “PSP”). This is expected 
to form the sole long-term incentive arrangement for Executive 
Directors and selected senior managers. 

The Remuneration Committee supervises the operation of the 
PSP.  Any  employee  (including  an  Executive  Director)  of  the 
Company  and  its  subsidiaries  is  eligible  to  participate  in  the 
PSP at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

The  Remuneration  Committee  may  grant  awards  to  acquire 
ordinary  shares  as  conditional  share  awards  or  as  nil  (or 
nominal) cost options. The Remuneration Committee may also 
decide to grant cash-based  awards  of an  equivalent  value to 
share-based awards or to satisfy share-based awards in cash, 
although it is not the current intention to do so.

The  Remuneration  Committee  may  grant  awards  within  six 
weeks  following  the  Company’s  announcement  of  its  results 
for  any  financial  year.  The  Remuneration  Committee  also  has 
discretion to grant awards at any other time when it considers 
there  to  be  exceptional  circumstances  which  justify  the 
granting of such awards.

An employee may not receive awards in respect of any financial 
year  over  ordinary  shares  having  a  market  value  in  excess  of 
100%  of  their  annual  base  salary  in  that  financial  year.  In 
exceptional circumstances, this limit may be increased to 150% 
at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. 

The  extent  of  vesting  of  awards  granted  to  the  Executive 
Directors  of  the  Company  will  normally  be  subject  to 
performance  conditions  set  by  the  Remuneration  Committee 
measured  over  at  least  three  years.  The  extent  of  vesting  of 
awards  granted  to  other  participants  may  be  subject  to 
performance conditions set by the Remuneration Committee.

During  the  reporting  period,  the  Remuneration  Committee 
reviewed  the  performance  targets  which  had  been  set  in 
relation  to  the  PSP  awards  granted  on  11  July  2017.  As  the 
prescribed  EPS  targets  had  not  been  achieved  by  the  third 
anniversary  of  the  award  date,  the  Remuneration  Committee 
determined  that  none  of  the  options  had  vested  and  that  all 
outstanding options under that award would, therefore, lapse.

Options granted under the PSP during the reporting period are 
set out in the table on page 46. These options will vest in 2023 
to the extent stretching earnings per shares (EPS) targets are 
met in the financial year ending 31 December 2022.

Directors’ Governance Report

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 (AUDITED)
The remuneration of the Directors who served on the Company’s Board during the year to 31 December 2020 was as set out in the table 
below:

Year ended 31 December 2020

Year ended 31 December 2019

Basic salary and fees 
(cid:29)’000

Bonus 
(cid:29)’000

Total 
(cid:29)’000

Basic salary and fees 
(cid:29)’000

Bonus 
(cid:29)’000

Total 
(cid:29)’000

Executive Directors

Remy Millott

Gloria Fernandez1

Kevin McNair3

Rupert Savage

262.50

—

200.00

236.25

—

—

—

—

262.50

—

200.00

236.25

258.00

121.00

379.00

2197.20

—

197.20

462.80

14.00

76.80

231.60

101.00

332.60

Non-Executive Directors

(cid:29)’000

(cid:29)’000

(cid:29)’000

(cid:29)’000

(cid:29)’000

(cid:29)’000

Stephen Murphy

Richard King5

112.48

56.24

—

—

112.48

56.24

113.89

57.00

—

—

113.89

57.00

1  Resigned 31 July 2019.

3  Appointed 19 September 2019. 

2  This figure included the sum of €120,000 in respect 

of pay in lieu of notice, plus various accrued 
benefits.

4  During the year ended 31 December 2019, as a consultant, 
Kevin McNair also received payment of €121,900 in respect 
of his role as Interim Chief Financial Officer.

5  Richard King is entitled to an additional fee of 
€13,890 per annum in respect of his role as the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee, which is 
included in the total above.

There are no arrangements under which any Director has waived or agreed to waive future emoluments, nor have there been any such 
waivers or emoluments during the financial year immediately preceding the date of this report.

Benefits in kind
Ancillary  benefits  provided  to  Executive  Directors  currently 
include critical illness cover, the reimbursement of all reasonable 
and authorised expenses and (in the case of the Chief Executive 
Officer and the Chief Commercial Officer) provision of a company 
car.  The  Remuneration  Committee  reviews  the  level  of  benefit 
provision  from  time  to  time  and  has  the  flexibility  to  add  or 
remove  benefits  to  reflect  changes  in  market  practices  or  the 
operational needs of the Company.

POLICY ON NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
Non-Executive Directors receive a fixed fee and do not receive 
any  pensions  payments  or  other  benefits.  An  additional  fee  is 
payable to the Director performing the role of Chairman of the 
Audit Committee. 

DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS AND LETTERS  
OF APPOINTMENT
Copies  of  the  Directors’  service  contracts  and  letters  of 
appointment (listed below) are available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office.

Executive Director 

Date of service contract

Remy Millott

Kevin McNair

Rupert Savage

23 June 2017 

19 September 2019

23 June 2017 

Non-Executive Director

Date of letter of appointment

Stephen Murphy

Richard King

23 June 2017  
(taking effect on 5 July 2017)

23 June 2017  
(taking effect on 5 July 2017)

The  service  agreements  for  all  of  the  Executive  Directors  are 
between the relevant Director and Hemisphere Yachting Services, 
S.L.U. (“HYS”). All of the current Executive Directors are employed 
on a full-time basis.

Each  of  the  Executive  Directors’  service  agreements  may  be 
terminated  by  either  party  serving  six  months’  written  notice.  If 
notice  is  given  by  HYS,  in  relation  to  each  of  Remy  Millott  and 
Rupert Savage, they are entitled to a settlement from HYS in the 
gross amount of €200,000 and, in relation to Kevin McNair, he is 
entitled  to  a  settlement  of  €120,000.  At  its  direction,  HYS  may 
make  payment  in  lieu  of  notice  equal  to  the  salary  amount  the 
Director would otherwise have received during their notice period.

The appointment of the Non-Executive Directors is for an initial 
term of three years, with such appointments being terminable by 
either the Company or the individual Director on three months’ 
notice.  Each  appointment 
is  contingent  on  satisfactory 
performance and to the re-election criteria more fully explained 
on  page  28.  Both  Stephen  Murphy  and  Richard  King  were 
appointed  as  Non-Executive  Directors  of  the  Company  for  an 
initial  three-year  term,  expiring  on  the  third  anniversary  of  the 
date of the IPO, i.e. 5 July 2020. As more fully explained in the 
Nomination Committee Report on page 39, it was unanimously 
agreed  by  the  Executive  Directors  that  both  Stephen  Murphy 
and Richard King would be invited to serve a further three-year 
term, and having considered the proposal, each Non-Executive 
Director  confirmed  that  he  was  willing  to  serve  in  his  current 
capacity for a further three years on the same terms.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 45

 
 
D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T

( C O N T I N U E D )

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS AND SHARE INTERESTS
Directors’ shareholdings
The interests of the Directors who served during the year in the share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2020, 31 December 
2019 and the date of this report were as follows: 

Director

Remy Millott

Kevin McNair

Rupert Savage

Stephen Murphy

Richard King

31 December 2020
Number of ordinary shares 
of £0.002 each

31 December 2019
Number of ordinary shares 
of £0.002 each

As at date of report 
Number of ordinary shares 
of £0.002 each

3,270,863

40,000

 2,716,981

240,000

130,000

3,270,863

40,000

 2,716,981

240,000

130,000

3,270,863

40,000

 2,716,981

240,000

130,000

All interests are beneficially held. There is no requirement for Directors to hold shares in the Company.

Directors’ interests in share options 
Details of options over ordinary shares of £0.002 each awarded under the PSP to Directors who served during the year are set out 
in the table below: 

As at  
31 December 
2019

Granted 
during the 
period

Options 
exercised 
during the 
period

Options 
lapsed 
during the 
period

As at  
31 December 
2020

Exercise 
price

Earliest date 
from which 
exercisable

Expiry date 

Director

Remy  
Millott 

82,500 
143,870 
—

— 
— 
157,868

Kevin McNair

—

90,210

Rupert 
Savage 

74,250 
97,112 
—

— 
—  
106,561

TOTAL

397,732

354,639

— 
— 
—

—

— 
— 
—

—

82,500 
— 
—

— 
143,870 
157,868

£0.002 
£0.002 
£0.002 

11/07/20201 
04/04/20221 
18/08/20231

11/07/2027 
04/04/2029 
18/08/2030

—

90,210 

£0.002

18/08/20231

18/08/2030

74,250 
— 
—

— 
97,112 
106,561

£0.002 
£0.002 
£0.002 

11/07/20201 
04/04/20221 
18/08/20231

11/07/2027 
04/04/2029 
18/08/2030

156,750

595,621

1  Options will normally vest on the later of (i) the third anniversary of the date of grant; and (ii) the Remuneration Committee determining the extent to which the performance 

targets have been satisfied. 

CONCLUSION
This report is intended to provide shareholders with sufficient 
information to judge the impact of the decisions taken by the 
Remuneration Committee and to assess whether remuneration 
packages  for  Directors  are  fair  in  the  context  of  business 
performance.

The Remuneration Committee is mindful of shareholder views, 
and  we  believe  that  our  Directors’  remuneration  policy  is 
aligned  with  the  achievement  of  the  Company’s  business 
objectives and the interests of shareholders. 

STEPHEN MURPHY
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

23 April 2021

46 GYG plc

Directors’ Governance Report

S T A T E M E N T   O F   D I R E C T O R S ’   
R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S   

I N   R E S P E C T   O F   T H E   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

governing  the  preparation  and  dissemination  of  financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

DIRECTORS’ CONFIRMATIONS
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ 
Report is approved:

•  so  far  as  the  Director  is  aware,  there  is  no  relevant  audit 
information of which the group’s and company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken 
as  a  Director  in  order  to  make  themselves  aware  of  any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s 
and Company’s auditors are aware of that information. 

This Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities was approved by 
the  Board  of  Directors  on  23  April  2021  and  is  signed  on  its 
behalf by:

REMY MILLOTT 
Chief Executive Officer 

KEVIN MCNAIR
Chief Financial Officer 

23 April 2021 

23 April 2021 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  
law and regulation.

Company  law  requires  the  Directors  to  prepare  financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have  prepared  the  Group  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  and  the  Company 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  United  Kingdom 
Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Practice  (United  Kingdom 
Accounting  Standards,  comprising  FRS 
“Reduced 
Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law).

101 

Under  company  law,  the  Directors  must  not  approve  the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  affairs  of  the  Group  and 
Company and of the profit or loss of the group for that period. 
In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  the  Directors  are  
required to:

•  select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then  apply  them 

consistently;

•  state whether applicable international accounting standards 
in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of  the  Companies  Act 
2006 have been followed for the Group financial statements 
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 
101 have been followed for the Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements;

•  make 

judgements  and  accounting  estimates  that  are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless  it  is  inappropriate  to  presume  that  the  Group  and 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets 
of  the  Group  and  Company  and  hence  for  taking  reasonable 
steps  for  the  prevention  and  detection  of  fraud  and  other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and Company 
and  enable  them  to  ensure  that  the  financial  statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 47

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   G Y G   P L C

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Opinion

In our opinion:

•  GYG plc’s Group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the Group’s profit and the 
Group’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting  Practice  (United  Kingdom  Accounting  Standards,  comprising  FRS  101  “Reduced  Disclosure  Framework”,  and 
applicable law); and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We  have  audited  the  financial  statements,  included  within  the  Annual  Report  and  Financial  Statements  (the  “Annual  Report”), 
which comprise: the consolidated and parent company statements of financial position as at 31 December 2020; the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated cash flow statement, and the consolidated and parent company statements 
of  changes  in  equity  for  the  year  then  ended;  and  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements,  which  include  a  description  of  the 
significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (“ISAs  (UK)”)  and  applicable  law.  Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section 
of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Material uncertainty related to going concern

In forming our opinion on the financial statements, which is not modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosure 
made  in  note  2.3  to  the  financial  statements  concerning  the  Group’s  and  the  parent  company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern. In evaluating the going concern assumption, the Directors of the Group have prepared cash flow forecasts to June 2022, 
together with sensitivity analyses. These forecasts throughout the going concern period assess the Group’s ability to comply with 
banking  covenants,  and  demonstrate  the  Group  are  expected  to  meet  covenant  requirements  throughout  the  period.  Those 
forecasts include a number of significant assumptions with regards to winning new customer contracts, the forecasting of timing 
work will be undertaken and the margin that will be achieved on these contracts, and consequently there is a risk that covenants 
may not be complied with, which is an event of default. In addition, the Directors have assessed the impact if an offer for the Group 
were to progress. The Group’s main borrowing facility amounting to €4m, includes a change of ownership clause, and if the Groups 
ownership  were  to  change  this  would  require  the  Group  to  repay  or  refinance  these  borrowing  facilities.  If  a  refinancing  were 
required these could be under different terms and conditions from the existing facilities. These conditions, along with the other 
matters explained in note 2.3 to the financial statements, indicate the existence of a material uncertainty which may cast significant 
doubt about the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include 
the adjustments that would result if the Group and the parent company were unable to continue as a going concern.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our  evaluation  of  the  Directors’  assessment  of  the  Group’s  and  the  parent  company’s  ability  to  continue  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  obtaining and agreeing management’s going concern assessment to the business’s board approved plan and ensuring that the 
base case scenario including management actions, representing the business to June 2022 indicates that the business generates 
sufficient cash flows to meets its long and short term obligations while complying with covenant arrangements.

•  identifying  revenue  growth  and  gross  margin  as  the  key  assumptions  inherent  in  the  plan  and  validating  these  to  historical 

performance and the order book for contracted amounts.

48 GYG plc

Financial Statements

•  analysing  the  forecast  models  to  identify  unexpected  trends  and  relationships  and  ensuring  the  mathematical  accuracy  of 

management’s models.

•  evaluating  management’s  severe  but  plausible  downside  scenarios,  and  assessing  these  when  compared  to  historical 

performance, the level of the contracted order book and actual performance achieved in 2021.

•  assessed the feasibility of management’s actions.

•  reviewed the terms and conditions of the borrowing facilities.

•  considering the risk of breach of the covenant arrangements in place for external borrowings under the severe but plausible 

scenario and evaluating the feasibility of actions available to management if a downside scenario were to occur.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report. 

Our audit approach

Overview

Audit scope

•  We  performed  full  scope  audits  over  four  financially  significant  components  as  well  as  the  

GYG plc entity

•  In  addition,  we  performed  testing  over  significant  balances  within  a  further  seven  non-financially 

significant components

•  Our audit scoping provided coverage of 100% revenue, 63% profit before tax and 98% total assets

•  Testing over financial statement line items which are managed at a head office level were audited in 

full, including goodwill, external borrowings and Directors’ emoluments

Key audit matters

•  Material uncertainty related to going concern

•  Long-term contract accounting (Group)

Audit scope

Key audit 
matters

•  Presentation and disclosure of exceptional items (Group)

Materiality

•  Covid-19 (Group and parent)

Materiality

•  Overall Group materiality: 441,735 EUR (2019: 465,000 EUR) based on 0.75% of total revenues.

•  Overall parent company materiality: 170,000 EUR (2019: 172,000 EUR) based on 1% of total assets.

•  Performance materiality: 331,300 EUR (Group) and 127,500 EUR (parent company).

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities,  outlined  in  the  Auditors’  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  section,  to  detect  material 
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations related to the failure to comply with employment laws, taxation laws, health and safety regulations and anti-bribery 
and  corruption  laws,  and  we  considered  the  extent  to  which  non-compliance  might  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of the financial statements 
such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the 
financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to the posting 
of inappropriate journal entries and management bias in accounting estimates. 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 49

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   G Y G   P L C   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud 
(continued)

Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•  Detailed  discussions  with  management  and  walkthrough  procedures  to  understand  and  evaluate  the  controls  designed  to 

prevent and detect irregularities and fraud.

•  Challenging significant judgements and estimates in particular those relating to long-term contracts, impairment of goodwill, 
lease liabilities, share-based payments, inventory, deferred tax assets and the disclosures included on these balances within the 
financial statements.

•  Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular journal entries posted with unusual account combinations.

•  Reading the minutes of the Board meetings and reviewed legal expenses to identify any inconsistencies with other information 

provided by management.

•  Incorporating elements of unpredictability.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. 
Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, 
as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the 
results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming 
our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

In addition to going concern, described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section above, we determined the 
matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. This is not a complete list of all risks 
identified by our audit.

Exceptional  items  is  a  new  key  audit  matter  this  year.  Factoring,  which  was  a  key  audit  matter  last  year,  is  no  longer  included 
because of it related to a prior year restatements of comparatives in the 2019 consolidated financial statements. As a consequence 
this is no longer relevant. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Long-term contract accounting (Group)

86% of Group’s total revenue of € 58.9m (2019: € 63.8m) is 
attributable  to  the  coating  division,  which  is  based  on  long 
term  contracts  for  both  refit  and  new  build  projects.  Given 
the complexity of long-term contract accounting in revenue 
under  IFRS  15,  this  is  an  area  which  could  be  prone  to 
judgement or error and we have classified this as a significant 
audit risk. Refer to the critical accounting judgements in note 
3.1.1 and the discussion in the Director’s governance report for 
more details on this critical accounting estimate.

We  evaluated  the  design  and  implementation  of  controls 
regarding  revenue  and  receivables  and  assessed  how  the 
Directors  ensure  that  revenue  is  recognised  in  line  with 
contractual terms. We tested a sample of contracts to a high 
level of assurance and challenged the calculation of work in 
progress. We agreed percentages of completion to underlying 
accounting records and analysed profit margin adjustments. 
We  also  performed  look-back  procedures  to  assess  the 
appropriateness  of  Directors’  estimates  in  the  past  by 
comparing  forecasts  as  at  31  December  2019  to  actuals. 
Additionally,  we  have  examined  the  progress  of  projects 
subsequent to the year end to verify judgements of the stage 
of  completion  and  revenue  and  profit  recognised  as  at  
31 December 2020. We concluded that revenue recorded for 
long-term  contracts  has  been  appropriately  accounted  for. 
The  disclosures  included  within  note  3.1.1  and  note  15  are 
considered reasonable. 

50 GYG plc

 
Financial Statements

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Presentation and disclosure of exceptional items (Group)

The  financial  statements  include  certain  items  which  are 
disclosed as exceptional items, and therefore adjusted for in 
the  reconciliation  of  accounting  profit  to  the  adjusted 
measure, underlying operating profit. There is clear guidance 
on the use of exceptional items by the FRC and defined in IAS 
1, and it is anticipated that there will be increased scrutiny of 
companies  usage  of  exceptional  items  as  a  result  of  Covid. 
We  focus  on  this  area  as  judgement  is  required  by  the 
Directors in determining whether items classify as exceptional. 
In the year, exceptional items are recognised mainly in relation 
to the COVID-19 pandemic due to travel and social distancing 
restrictions  across  Europe  and  the  US.  In  order  to  continue 
working  on  projects  and  commitments  GYG  has  incurred 
incremental costs to operate during these challenging times. 
Refer to note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for 
further details. 

We assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting 
policy  for  exceptional  items  with  reference  to  accounting 
standards.  The  focus  of  our  audit  work  was  around  the 
presentation  and  disclosure  of  those  exceptional  costs, 
especially  with  regards  to  ensuring  the  classification  of 
exceptionals is in line with the latest FRC guidance and the 
group’s  accounting  policy.  We  have  audited  those  costs  to 
underlying documents and ensured that an auditable trail for 
those  costs  was  available.  We  challenged  management  to 
ensure disclosure was balanced and included related one-off 
income  as  well  as  one-off  expenses.  We  identified  an 
adjustment  where  items  had  been  incorrectly  included 
within  exceptional  costs,  and  this  was  adjusted  by 
management. The presentation and disclosure of exceptional 
costs is consistent with the evidence obtained, as disclosed 
in note 6. 

Covid-19 (Group and parent)

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on the 
Group’s  business  during  2020  with  the  performance  of  the 
business  being  adversely  affected  in  the  first  half  of  2020 
followed by a recovery in the last quarter of the year. COVID-19 
has had a pervasive impact across the Group and has required 
management  to  reconsider  a  number  of  accounting 
judgements and estimates. These included adjusting business 
plans  and  models  which  underpin  the  assessment  of  going 
concern and the recognition of exceptional items associated 
with additional expenses of operating the business during the 
pandemic.  We  have  considered  the  pervasive  impact  of 
COVID-19  through  the  planning,  risk  assessment  and 
execution  phases  of  our  audit  with  particular  focus  on  the 
effect  the  pandemic  has  had  on  areas  of  key  accounting 
judgement and estimation. Separate key audit matters cover 
our conclusions on exceptional items. 

During the course of 2020 management have assessed the 
wider impact of COVID19 on the Group’s financial statements 
and  prepared  a  number  of  papers  considering  the  impact. 
These  papers,  considered 
the  appropriateness  of 
management’s approach to going concern and the treatment 
of  exceptional  items.  Going  concern  has  been  considered 
above  in  the  emphasis  of  matter  section.  Refer  to  our  Key 
Audit  matter  above  for  details  of  how  we  have  considered 
the  impact  of  COVID-19  in  our  audit  procedures  over  the 
treatment of exceptional items recognised in the consolidated 
financial  statements.  We  have  reviewed  the  disclosures 
included  within  the  financial  statements  in  respect  to  the 
impact  of  COVID-19  to  ensure  that  the  disclosures  are 
consistent with published guidance and the presentation of 
exceptional costs incurred by the Group in responding to the 
pandemic is appropriate. 

How we tailored the audit scope

We  tailored  the  scope  of  our  audit  to  ensure  that  we  performed  enough  work  to  be  able  to  give  an  opinion  on  the  financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the parent company, the accounting processes and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate.

We  tailored  the  scope  of  our  audit  to  ensure  that  we  performed  enough  work  to  be  able  to  give  an  opinion  on  the  financial 
statements  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  structure  of  the  Group  and  the  parent  company,  the  accounting  processes  and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate. The Group has twelve wholly owned subsidiaries. We defined a component to be 
an individual entity for which management prepares financial information. Accordingly, the parent company and each subsidiary is 
a component. We identified four financially significant components based on their contribution to the Group’s revenue for the year. 
A full scope audit was performed over each of these, as well as over the parent company. Significant balances were identified in the 
seven  remaining  components  and  therefore  testing  on  specific  financial  statement  line  items  was  performed  to  obtain  audit 
evidence in support of those balances within the consolidated accounts. In addition, we performed audit procedures at a group 
level over financial statement line items which are managed at head office, including goodwill, external borrowings, and Directors’ 
emoluments. The audit of the financially significant components and the audit procedures performed over the other non-financial 
significant  components  was  undertaken  by  PwC  Spain.  We  have  instructed  and  directed  them,  held  meetings  during  the  audit 
process, performed a review of working papers with particular focus on the audit of areas of heightened audit risk, and received 
reporting from them. Based on our involvement in the component auditor’s work, sufficient appropriate evidence has been obtained 
in support of the group audit. Our audit scoping provided coverage of 100% revenue, 63% profit before tax and 98% total assets.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 51

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   G Y G   P L C   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Materiality

The  scope  of  our  audit  was  influenced  by  our  application  of  materiality. We  set  certain  quantitative  thresholds  for  materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent 
of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, 
both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

441,735 EUR (2019: 465,000 EUR).

170,000 EUR (2019: 172,000 EUR).

Financial statements – Group

Financial statements – parent company

How we determined it

0.75% of total revenues

1% of total assets

Rationale for  
benchmark applied

Based  on  the  benchmarks  used  in  the  annual 
report, revenue is the primary measure used by 
the shareholders in assessing the performance 
of  the  group,  and  is  a  generally  accepted 
auditing benchmark. We have applied a rule of 
thumb  of  0.75%  of  this  benchmark  which  is 
appropriate for a listed entity.

GYG  plc  is  an  investment  holding  company 
with no trading operations. The benchmark for 
this entity is total assets as this is the primary 
value recognised in the financial statements for 
the Company. We have applied a rule of thumb 
of 1% which is standard for this benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The 
range of materiality allocated across components was between €270,000 and €400,000. Certain components were audited to a 
local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of 
our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in 
determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to 331,300 EUR for the Group 
financial statements and 127,500 EUR for the parent company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and 
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount in the middle of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above  
€22,085 (Group audit) (2019: €23,350) and €8,500 (parent company audit) (2019: €8,600) as well as misstatements below those 
amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Reporting on other information 

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ 
report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, any form of assurance thereon.

In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements,  our  responsibility  is  to  read  the  other  information  and,  in  doing  so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, 
we  are  required  to  perform  procedures  to  conclude  whether  there  is  a  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements  or  a 
material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Governance report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the 
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and 
matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ Governance report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ 
Governance report for the year ended 31 December 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.

52 GYG plc

 
Financial Statements

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Governance report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As  explained  more  fully  in  the  statement  of  Directors’  responsibilities,  the  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the 
financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The 
Directors  are  also  responsible  for  such  internal  control  as  they  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level  of  assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  ISAs  (UK)  will  always  detect  a  material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing 
techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. 
We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit 
sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  is  located  on  the  FRC’s  website  at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  This  description  forms  part  of  our  auditors’  report.  In  our  engagement  letter,  we  also 
agreed to describe our audit approach, including communicating key audit matters.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance 
with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come 
save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  parent  company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

MARK FOSTER  
(Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Milton Keynes

23 April 2021

Annual report and financial statements 2020 53

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   
O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E 

For the year ended 31 December 2020 

Continuing operations
Revenue
Operating costs

Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Performance share plan
Exceptional items

Operating profit
Gain on financial instruments
Finance costs – net

Profit before tax

Tax 

Profit for the period

 Note

4

12, 13
23
6

5
22
9

10

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period

Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to:

Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the period attributable to:

Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity 
holders of the Company

11

Basic 
Diluted

Year ended
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended
31 December 2019
€’000

58,898
(57,665)

5,163
(2,995)
90
(1,025)

1,233
 —
(1,050)

183

69 

252

57

309

252
 —

309
 —

0.00
0.00

63,827
(62,568)

4,508
(2,808)
(108)
(333)

1,259
379
(810)

828

(145)

683

(33)

650

753
(70)

720
(70)

0.02
0.02

54 GYG plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   
O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N

As at 31 December 2020

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other financial assets
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Other financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

Current liabilities

Trade, deferred income and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Obligations under leases
Borrowings
Provisions
Derivative financial instruments

Total current liabilities

Net current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Obligations under leases
Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Long-term provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Share capital
Share premium
Retained earnings
Translation reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Share based payment reserve

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Total equity

 Note

12
12
13
24
10

14

15
15
16

18
18
17
17
19
24

17
17
10
19

20

20

Financial Statements

2020
(cid:31)’000

9,270
10,096
11,169
197
429

31,161

3,129
6
11,070
687
3,600

18,492

49,653

(15,724)
(2,407)
(2,035)
(9,789)
(356)
(2)

(30,313)

(11,821)

(904)
(2,572)
(2,359)
(19)

(5,854)

2019
€’000

9,350
10,448
10,353
144
508

30,803

2,535
 —
7,999
657
5,529

16,720

47,523

(15,176)
(2,292)
(1,571)
(5,062)
(468)
(14)

(24,583)

(7,863)

(2,184)
(4,915)
(2,555)
(19)

(9,673)

(36,167)

(34,256)

13,486

13,267

106
7,035
5,959
(13)
114
285

13,486

13,486

106
7,035
5,707
(70)
114
375

13,267

13,267

The Consolidated financial statements on pages 54 to 57 were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 April 2021 and signed on 
its behalf by:

REMY MILLOTT 
Chief Executive Officer 

KEVIN MCNAIR
Chief Financial Officer

Registered Number: 10001363

Annual report and financial statements 2020 55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   
O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

For the year ended 31 December 2020 

Share 
capital
 (cid:31)’000

Share 
premium
 (cid:31)’000

Retained 
earnings
 (cid:31)’000

Translation 
reserves
 (cid:31)’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
 (cid:31)’000

Share
based
payment
reserve
 (cid:31)’000

Non
controlling
interests
 (cid:31)’000

 Total
 (cid:31)’000

Put option
reserve
 (cid:31)’000

 TOTAL
EQUITY 
(cid:31)’000

106

7,035

5,894

(37)

114

267

13,379

93

(963)

12,509

—

—

—

—

—

—

(940)

—

(940)

—

—

—

—

—

—

753

(33)

—

753

(33)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(940)

(23)

963

—

108

108

—

—

108

108

(832)

(23)

963

108

—

720

(70)

—

650

—

720

(70)

—

650

106

7,035

5,707

(70)

114

375

13,267

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

252

—

57

—

252

57

—

(90)

(90)

—

—

—

—

(90)

(90)

—

252

—

57

—

309

106

7,035

5,959

(13)

114

285

13,486

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 13,267

—

(90)

—

—

(90)

252

—

57

—

309

— 13,486

Balance at 
1 January 
2019

Acquisition of 
non-controlling 
interest (note 21)

Credit to equity 
for share based 
payments

Transactions 
with owners in 
their capacity 
of owners

Profit/(loss) for 
the year

Total 
comprehensive 
profit/(loss) 
for the period

Balance at 
31 December 
2019

Charge to 
equity for 
share based 
payments

Transactions 
with owners in 
their capacity 
of owners

Profit for the 
year

Other 
comprehensive 
income for the 
period

Total 
comprehensive 
income for the 
period

Balance at 
31 December 
2020

56 GYG plc

 
 
Financial Statements

C O N S O L I D A T E D   C A S H   F L O W   S T A T E M E N T 

Note

22

For the year ended 31 December 2020 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES (I)

– Purchase of intangible assets
– Purchase of property, plant and equipment
– Acquisition of other investments    
– Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment 

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES (II)

– Proceeds from obligations under leases
– Proceeds from bank borrowings and credit facilities
– Repayment of obligations under leases
– Repayment of borrowings 
– Payments to acquire shares from non-controlling interests

CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES (III)

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes (IV)

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH 
EQUIVALENTS (I+II+III+IV)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

2020
(cid:31)’000

 (104)

 (599)
 (2,786)
(53)
3

(3,435)

745
4,206
(1,505)
(1,836)
 —

 1,610

 —

 (1,929)

5,529
3,600

2019 
€’000

2,960

(82)
(739)
—
92

(729)

–
2,925
(1,631)
(2,927)
(167)

(1,800)

29

460

5,069
5,529

Annual report and financial statements 2020 57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D   
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

For the year ended 31 December 2020 

1. GENERAL INFORMATION
GYG  plc  (hereinafter  the  “Company”)  was  incorporated  on  
11  February  2016,  as  a  private  Company  limited  by  shares,  as 
Dunwilco 2016 Limited under the United Kingdom Companies 
Act  2006.  Subsequently,  on  21  May  2016,  the  Company’s 
corporate  name  was  changed  to  Global  Yachting  Group 
Limited, on 25 May 2017 to GYG Limited, on 22 June 2017 the 
Company re-registered as a public limited Company and on 5 
July  2017  the  Company  completed  an  Initial  Public  Offering 
(“IPO”)  and  was  admitted  to  the  AIM  Market  of  the  London 
Stock Exchange. The address of the registered office is Cannon 
Place, 78 Cannon Street, London EC4N 6AF, United Kingdom.

The  principal  activity  of  the  Group  is  superyacht  painting, 
supply  and  maintenance,  offering  services  globally  through 
operations  in  the  Mediterranean,  Northern  Europe  and  the 
United States. 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Euro 
which is the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the Group operates.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.1. Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements were prepared by the 
Board  of  Directors  in  accordance  with  the  application  of 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs) 
in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and  the  interpretations  issued  by  the  IFRS  Interpretations 
Committee (IFRS IC).

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared 
under the historical cost convention unless indicated otherwise 
in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

The principal accounting policies adopted are set out and have 
been applied consistently.

2.2. Adoption of international financial reporting standards
In the current year, IFRS 1, IFRS 3 and IFRS 9 amendments are 
effective from 1 January 2020 but they do not have a material 
effect on the Group’s financial statements.

In the year 2019, the Group adopted the amendments to IFRSs 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 
that  are  mandatory  effective  for  an  accounting  period  that 
begins  on  or  after  1  January  2019,  none  of  which  had  a 
significant  effect  on  the  results  or  net  assets  of  the  Group, 
except for the following: 

IFRS 16 “Leases” 
IFRS  16  is  the  IASB’s  replacement  of  IAS  17.  Its  application  is 
effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 
2019,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  IFRS  16  eliminates  the 
classification  of  leases  as  either  operating  leases  or  finance 
leases for a lessee. Leases are ‘capitalised’ by recognising the 
present  value  of  the  lease  payments  and  showing  them  as  a 
right-of-use asset either separately or together with property, 
plant  and  equipment  (criteria  applied  by  the  Group).  IFRS  16 
replaces  the  straight-line  operating  lease  expense  for  those 
leases applying IAS 17 with a depreciation charge for the lease 
asset (included within operating costs) and an interest expense 
on the lease liability (included within finance costs). The Group 
has applied the standard from its mandatory adoption date of 

58 GYG plc

1 January 2019, using the modified retrospective approach and 
measuring the asset at an amount equal to the present value of 
the remaining lease payments discounted using an incremental 
borrowing  rate,  adjusted  by  the  amount  of  any  prepaid  or 
accrued lease payments and no adjustment has been registered 
to the opening balances of retained earnings.

The  Group  has  applied  the  below  practical  expedients 
permitted under the modified retrospective approach:

•  Exclude leases for measurement and recognition for leases 
where  the  term  ends  within  12  months  from  date  of  initial 
application.

•  Apply a single discount rate (incremental borrowing rate) to 
a  portfolio  of  leases  with  similar  characteristics,  based  on 
current rates paid to comparable borrowings. 

The impact on the balance sheet as of 1 January 2019 for the 
adoption of IFRS 16 is summarised as follows:

Non-current assets: Property, plant and 
equipment – Right of use asset
Current liabilities: Lease liabilities 
Non-current liabilities: Lease liabilities

IFRS 16
adoption effect
 (cid:31)’000

2,859
(758)
(2,102)

2.3. Going concern
These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  going 
concern basis, which assumes the Group and parent company 
will continue to be able to meet their liabilities as they fall due, 
within  12  months  of  the  date  of  approval  of  these  financial 
statements.

The Group has a strong Order Book, and contracted revenue 
for  2021  in  excess  of  €40m,  and  initial  performance  during 
January and February 2021 has been positive with revenue and 
EBITDA ahead of our base case forecasts.

The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements 
from  cash  flows  generated  from  operations  and  banking 
facilities. 

During  the  year  the  Group  has  undertaken  the  following  in 
terms of its borrowing facilities:

•  In June 2020, the Group entered into an additional new €3 
million  bank  facility  with  its  existing  banking  Group.  These 
new facilities have a grace period of 12 months, followed by 
48  monthly  instalments  to  repay  the  facility.  There  are  no 
covenants attached to this facility.

•  In March 2021, the Group settled one of its loan agreements 

with a final payment of €0.9m.

•  The existing bank borrowings amount to €4m, which were due 
for repayment in March 2021. This facility was renegotiated 
in  March  2021  extending  the  facility  to  December  2022, 
requiring four €1m payments every six months commencing 
in June 2021. There are covenants attached to this facility.

In  evaluating  the  going  concern  assumption,  management 
prepared a base case profit and loss and cash flow forecasts to 
June  2022  (the  going  concern  assessment  period),  including 

assessing compliance with borrowing covenants. This forecast 
based upon the strong contracted Order Book, demonstrates 
good levels of cash flow headroom and covenant compliance 
throughout the going concern window. The forecasts include a 
number of material assumptions, the most significant relating 
to winning new revenue contracts, the forecasting of the timing 
the  work  will  be  undertaken  and  the  margin  that  will  be 
achieved on these contracts.

Management  have  also  prepared  two  severe  but  plausible 
downside scenarios, including a c.7% reduction in revenue and 
a 2% reduction in margin. Under both scenarios, if management 
took  no  further  action  the  Group  would  continue  to  have 
sufficient  cashflow  headroom  throughout  the  going  concern 
assessment  period,  but  the  scenarios  indicate  potential 
breaches in borrowing covenants. 

Management  have  then  overlaid  a  number  of  actions  within 
their control they could undertake if business performance was 
in  line  with  the  severe  but  plausible  downside,  these  include 
not paying discretionary bonuses, reducing or delaying capital 
expenditure  and  delaying  the  payment  of  creditors. 
If 
management  undertook  these  actions  in  these  severe  but 
plausible downside scenarios, it would result in headroom over 
the  borrowing  covenants  throughout  the  going  concern 
window.

In addition, the recent news of the customer Nobiskrug filing 
for insolvency, as referenced on page 21, increases the risk of 
revenue  delays  or  cancellation  and  potential  bad  debt 
exposure. Depending on the outcome of the insolvency, these 
factors taken into account with a severe but plausible downside 
could result in a breach of covenant that may not be mitigated 
by management actions. A breach of covenant is an event of 
default, and would require management to seek a waiver from 
the  Group’s  lenders,  renegotiate  the  facilities  with  those 
lenders or repay the Group’s existing lenders and seek sources 
of alternative funding.

As  referenced  on  page  11,  the  Group  have  received  an 
from  one  of  the  Group’s  major 
unsolicited  approach 
shareholders.  The  notice  indicated  that  the  shareholder  is  in 
the  preliminary  stages  of  evaluating  a  possible  offer  for  the 
entire issued share capital of the business. The Directors have 
assessed  the  possible  offer  which  does  not  constitute  a  firm 
intention  to  make  an  offer,  and  have  reviewed  the  potential 
impact on the Group’s going concern assessment if the offer 
were to progress and complete before June 2022. The Group’s 
main borrowing facility amounting to €4m, includes a change 
of  ownership  clause,  and  if  the  Groups  ownership  were  to 
change this would require the Group to seek a waiver for this 
clause or to repay or refinance these borrowing facilities. If a 
refinancing were required, the facilities could be under different 
terms and conditions from the existing facilities.

Given  the  information  available,  current  trading  and  orders 
being received, the Directors are confident that the forecasts 
will  be  met,  and  sufficient  liquidity  will  be  available  to  meet 
liabilities as they fall due and meet covenant compliance, and 
therefore  believe  it  is  appropriate  to  prepare  the  financial 
statements on a going concern basis. However, these forecasts 
for which covenant compliance is assessed, include a number 
of  significant  assumptions  with  regards  to  winning  new 
customer  contracts,  the  forecasting  of  timing  work  will  be 

Financial Statements

undertaken  and  the  margin  that  will  be  achieved  on  these 
contracts. In addition, if the Group’s ownership structure were 
to  change  which  would  trigger  the  need  for  refinancing,  the 
Group  may  not  have  sufficient  cash  resources  to  settle  the 
borrowing facility if it were not refinanced, or may not be able 
to  adhere  to  any  changes  in  terms  and  conditions  of  new 
facilities.  These  factors  indicate  the  existence  of  material 
uncertainties  which  may  cast  significant  doubt  as  to  the 
Group’s  and  parent  company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern.  The  financial  statements  do  not 
include  the 
adjustments that would result if the Group and parent company 
were unable to continue as a going concern.

2.4. Basis of consolidation
The  Group  financial  statements  incorporate  the  financial 
statements of the Company and enterprises controlled by the 
Company (and its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each 
period. 

Control  is  achieved  where  the  Company  has  the  power  to 
govern  the  financial  and  operating  policies  of  an  investee 
entity to obtain benefits from its activities.

included 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the 
period  are 
in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive  income  from  the  effective  date  of  acquisition 
or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where 
necessary,  adjustments  are  made  to  the  financial  information 
of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line 
with  those  used  by  the  Group.  All  intra-group  transactions, 
balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation 
process.

2.5. Business combinations 
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for 
using  the  acquisition  method.  The  consideration  for  each 
acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair values (at 
the  date  of  exchange)  of  assets  given,  liabilities  incurred  or 
assumed,  and  equity  instruments  issued  by  the  Group  in 
exchange for control of the acquire. Acquisition-related costs 
are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

The  acquirer’s  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent 
liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 
are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.

impairment 

2.6. Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately
Intangible  assets  with  finite  useful  lives  that  are  acquired 
separately  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated  amortisation 
is 
and  accumulated 
recognised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful 
economic  lives.  The  estimated  useful  economic  life  and 
amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting 
period,  with  the  effect  of  any  changes  in  estimate  being 
accounted  for  on  a  prospective  basis.  Intangible  assets  with 
indefinite  useful  economic  lives  that  are  acquired  separately 
are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

losses.  Amortisation 

Computer software is valued at acquisition cost, amortisation 
is  registered  as  a  function  of  the  useful  economic  life 
determined between 3 and 5 years.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 59

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

2.6. Intangible assets 
(continued) 
Goodwill 
Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an 
asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). 
Goodwill  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  the  sum  of  the 
consideration  transferred,  the  amount  of  any  non-controlling 
interest  in  the  acquisition  and  the  fair  value  of  the  acquirer’s 
previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over the net 
of  the  acquisition-date  fair  value  of  the  identifiable  assets 
acquired and the liabilities assumed.

Goodwill  is  not  amortised  but  is  reviewed  for  impairment  at 
least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
is  allocated  to  each  of  the  Group’s  cash-generating  units 
(‘‘CGUs’’)  expected  to  benefit  from  the  synergies  of  the 
combination. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are 
tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there 
is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable 
amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount of the unit, 
the  impairment  loss  is  allocated  first  to  reduce  the  carrying 
amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the 
other  assets  of  the  unit  pro  rata  on  the  basis  of  the  carrying 
amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised 
for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill 
is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination  and 
recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised at 
their  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date  (which  is  regarded  as 
their cost).

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in 
a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, on the same 
basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

Order  backlog  has  an  estimated  useful  economic  life  of  less 
than  one  year.  Customer  relationships  and  brands  have  an 
estimated useful economic life of 15 years.

Derecognition of intangible assets
An  Intangible  asset  is  derecognised  on  disposal,  or  when  no 
future  economic  benefits  are  expected  from  use  or  disposal. 
Gains  or  losses  arising  from  de-recognition  of  an  intangible 
asset,  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  net  disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, are recognised 
in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.

2.7. Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue based on the consideration to 
which  the  Group  expects  to  be  entitled  in  a  contract  with  a 
customer  and  following  the  five-step  model  defined  by  the 
IFRS 15:

•  Step 1: Identify the contract with a customer

•  Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract

•  Step 3: Determine the transaction price

2.7. Revenue recognition (continued)
•  Step  4:  Allocate  the  transaction  price  to  the  performance 

obligations in the contracts.

60 GYG plc

•  Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a 

performance obligation 

The Group recognises revenue from the following activities:

Rendering of services
Revenue is recognised for these services based on the stage of 
completion.  The  directors  have  assessed  that  the  stage  of 
competition of a contract is determined as follows:

•  Revenue  is  recognised  by  reference  to  the  stage  of 
completion of the Refit or New Build project, determined as 
the proportion of the total time expected on the project that 
has elapsed at the end of the reporting period;

•  revenue  from  time  and  material  contracts  is  recognised  at 
the  contractual  rates  as  labour  hours  and  direct  expenses 
are incurred; and

•  servicing  fees  included  in  the  price  of  products  sold  are 
recognised by reference to the proportion of the total cost 
of providing the servicing for the product sold.

•  This  is  considered  a  faithful  depiction  of  the  transfer  of 
goods  and  services  to  the  customer  as  the  contracts  are 
initially priced on the basis of anticipated costs to complete 
the  projects  and  therefore  also  represents  the  amount  to 
which the Group would be entitled based on its performance 
to date.

This input method is an appropriate measure of the progress 
towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligations 
established in the contract under IFRS 15.

Sale of goods
The  Group  sells  maintenance  materials,  consumables,  spare 
parts and equipment to customers through its retail outlets as 
well as shipping products. For sales of such products to retail 
customers,  revenue  is  recognised  when  control  of  goods  has 
transferred,  being  at  the  point  the  customer  purchases  the 
goods at the retail outlet or when the goods have been shipped 
to the specific location. 

2.8. Leases
The Group leases various offices, warehouses and equipment. 

As indicated in note 2.2 above, the Group has adopted IFRS 16 
Leases  retrospectively  from  1  January  2019,  but  has  not 
restated comparatives for the 2018 reporting year, as permitted 
under the specific transition provisions in the standard.

From  1  January  2019,  leases  are  recognised  as  a  right-of-use 
asset  and  a  corresponding  liability  at  the  date  at  which  the 
leased  asset  is  available  for  use  by  the  Group.  Assets  and 
liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present 
value basis. 

The  lease  payments  are  discounted  using  the  interest  rate 
implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, 
which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that it would 
have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset 
of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic 
environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of 
the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

Financial Statements

Until 31 December 2018, leases were classified as finance leases 
whenever  the  terms  of  the  lease  transferred  substantially  all 
the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  to  the  Group.  All  other 
leases were classified as operating leases.

period,  except  for  exchange  differences  arising  on  non-
monetary assets and liabilities, except for exchange differences 
arising  on  changes  in  fair  value  of  non-monetary  assets  and 
liabilities that are recognised directly in equity.

Assets held under finance leases were recognised as assets of the 
Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the 
minimum  lease  payments,  each  determined  at  the  inception  of 
the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor was included in 
the balance sheet as obligations under finance leases.

Rentals  payable  under  operating  leases  were  charged  to  the 
consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive 
income  on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  relevant  lease  except 
where another more systematic basis is more representative of 
the  time  pattern  in  which  economic  benefits  from  the  lease 
asset are consumed.

2.9. Exceptional items
Certain items are presented in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income as exceptional where, in the judgement 
of the Directors, by virtue of their nature, size or incidence, in 
order  to  obtain  a  clear  and  consistent  presentation  of  the 
Group’s  underlying  business  performance  they  need  to  be 
disclosed  separately.  These  are  items  that  fall  outside  the 
normal day to day operations of the business and the Directors 
believe  are  unlikely  to  ever  occur  again.  Examples  of  items 
which may give rise to disclosure as exceptional items include 
restructuring costs if the restructuring involves a fundamental 
change to the Group’s business model and transaction fees if 
the transaction involves a significant change to the structure or 
investment case for the Group. See note 6 for further details.

2.10. Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted Earnings before Interest, Taxation, Depreciation and 
Amortisation (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is a non-IFRS measure used 
by Directors to assess the operating performance of the Group. 

The “Adjusted EBITDA” is also used as a metric to determine 
management  remuneration  as  well  as  being  measured  within 
the financial covenants calculations.

“Adjusted  EBITDA”  is  defined  as  operating  profit  before 
depreciation and amortisation, impairment, performance share 
plan and exceptional items.

As a non-IFRS measure, the Company’s calculation of “Adjusted 
EBITDA” may be different from the calculation used by other 
companies and therefore comparability may be limited.

2.11. Foreign currency
For the purpose of presenting these financial statements, the 
assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Group’s  foreign  operations  are 
translated  at  exchange  rates  prevailing  on  the  balance  sheet 
date. Income and expense items are translated at the average 
exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate 
significantly  during  that  period,  in  which  case  the  exchange 
rates at the date of transactions are used. 

At  each  period  end  date,  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that 
are denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the 
rates prevailing on the period end date. Non-monetary assets 
and  liabilities  carried  at  fair  value  that  are  denominated  in 
foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the 
date  when  the  fair  value  was  determined.  Gains  and  losses 
arising on retranslation are included in net profit or loss for the 

2.12. Taxation
The  tax  expense  represents  the  sum  of  the  tax  currently 
payable and deferred tax.

2.12.1. Current Tax
The  tax  currently  payable  is  based  on  taxable  profit  for  the 
period. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the 
consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income  because  it 
excludes  items  of  income  or  expense  that  are  taxable  or 
deductible in other periods and it further excludes items that 
are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current 
tax  is  calculated  using  tax  rates  that  have  been  enacted  or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

The  Spanish  subsidiaries  Group  companies,  are  included  in  a 
consolidated  tax  return  within  fiscal  Group  under  Spanish 
regulation.

2.12.2. Deferred Tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable 
on  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax 
bases  used  in  the  computation  of  taxable  profit,  and  is 
accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred 
tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against 
which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 
difference  arises  from  the  initial  recognition  of  goodwill  or 
from  the 
in  a  business 
combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that 
affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

initial  recognition  (other  than 

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognised  for  taxable  temporary 
differences arising on investments except where the Group is 
able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it 
is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each 
balance  sheet  date  and  reduced  to  the  extent  that  it  is  no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available 
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to 
apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is 
realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax 
is  charged  or  credited  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive income, except when it relates to items charged 
or credited in other comprehensive income, in which case the 
deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  when  there  is  a 
legally  enforceable  right  to  set  off  current  tax  assets  against 
current  tax  liabilities  and  when  they  relate  to  income  taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to 
settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 61

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

2.13. Property, plant and equipment
less 
Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost 
accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost of assets 
(other  than  land  and  assets  under  construction)  less  their 
residual  values  over  their  useful  economic  lives,  using  the 
straight-line method in the following bases:

Property

Plant and equipment

Other plant, tools and furniture

Other tangible assets

Useful economic lives
(years)

10 – 33

3 – 10

4 – 10

3 – 20

The  estimated  useful  economic  lives,  residual  values  and 
depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting 
period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted 
for on a prospective basis.

Assets  held  under  finance  leases  are  depreciated  over  their 
expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets. However, 
when  there  is  no  reasonable  certainty  that  ownership  will  be 
obtained  by  the  end  of  the  lease  term,  assets  are  depreciated 
over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item 
of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  determined  as  the 
difference  between  the  sales  proceeds  and  the  carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss.

2.14. Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding 
goodwill
At  each  balance  sheet  date,  the  Group  reviews  the  carrying 
amounts  of  its  tangible  and  intangible  assets  to  determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered 
an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable 
amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the 
impairment  loss  (if  any).  Where  the  asset  does  not  generate 
cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group 
estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit 
to which the asset belongs.

An  intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite  useful  life  is  tested  for 
impairment  at  least  annually  and  whenever  there  is  an 
indication that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell 
and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset 
for  which  the  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  have  not  been 
adjusted.

2.14. Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding 
goodwill (continued)
If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) 
is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying 
amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its 
recoverable  amount.  An 
is  recognised 
immediately in profit or loss.

impairment 

loss 

62 GYG plc

2.15. Inventories
Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  cost  and  net  realisable 
value. Costs of inventories are determined on weighted average 
price  basis.  Net  realisable  value  represents  the  estimated 
selling  price  for  inventories  less  all  estimated  costs  of 
completion and costs necessary to make the sale.

2.16. Provisions
Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present 
obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it 
is  probable  that  the  Group  will  be  required  to  settle  that 
obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount 
of the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the 
consideration  required  to  settle  the  present  obligation  at  the 
balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties 
surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using 
the  cash  flows  estimated  to  settle  the  present  obligation,  its 
carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a 
provision  are  expected  to  be  recovered  from  a  third  party,  a 
receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that 
reimbursement  will  be  received  and  the  amount  of  the 
receivable can be measured reliably.

2.17. Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets as those to be measured 
at amortised cost. 

Recognition and derecognition 
Sales  of  financial  assets  are  recognised  when  the  Group 
commits  to  purchase  or  sell  the  asset.  Financial  assets  are 
derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the 
financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the 
Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership. 

Measurement 
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at 
its fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to 
the  acquisition  of  the  financial  asset  are  included  in  the  fair 
value initial assessment of fair value. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods 
sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. 
They are generally due for settlement within 30 days and are 
therefore  all  classified  as  current.  Trade  receivables  are 
recognised  initially  at  the  amount  of  consideration  that  is 
unconditional,  unless  they  contain  significant  financing 
components, when they are recognised at fair value. The Group 
holds  trade  and  other  receivables  with  the  objective  of 
collecting the contractual cash flows and therefore measures 
them  subsequently  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective 
interest method. 

The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of  calculating  the 
amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest 
income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is 
the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts 
(including  all  fees  and  points  paid  or  received  that  form  an 
integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and 

Financial Statements

other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the 
debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the 
net carrying amount on initial recognition.

The  consolidated  cash  flow  statements  have  been  prepared 
using the indirect method and the terms used are defined as 
follows:

2.18. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term bank 
deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. The 
carrying amount of these assets is equal to their fair value.

2.19. Loans and receivables – long term
Loans and receivables – long term are non-derivative financial 
assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not 
quoted in an active market. Loans and receivables are measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any 
impairment.  Interest  income  is  recognised  by  applying  the 
effective interest rate.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities (including borrowings and trade and other 
payables) are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments
The  Group  enters  into  interest  rate  swaps  to  manage  its 
exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rates risks.

Derivatives  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  at  the  date 
derivative  contracts  are  entered  into  and  are  subsequently 
remeasured  to  their  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting 
period. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss 
immediately.

Fair value measurement
All  financial  instruments  for  which  fair  value  is  measured  or 
disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the 
fair value hierarchy, described as follows:

•  Level  1  fair  value  measurements  are  those  derived  from 
quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for  identical 
assets or liabilities;

•  Level  2  fair  value  measurements  are  those  derived  from 
inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that 
are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either  directly  or 
indirectly; and

•  Level  3  fair  value  measurements  are  those  derived  from 
valuation  techniques  that  include  inputs  for  the  asset  or 
liability  that  are  not  based  on  observable  market  data 
(unobservable inputs).

2.20. Related party transactions
The Group performs all its transactions with related parties on 
an  arm’s  length  basis.  The  Group  carries  out  all  its  related-
party  transactions  (financial,  commercial  or  otherwise)  by 
setting  transfer  prices  stipulated  by  the  OECD  to  regulate 
transactions with subsidiaries.

2.21. Consolidated cash flow statements
In  these  financial  statements  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with an original 
maturity  of  three  months  or  less,  net  of  outstanding  bank 
overdrafts. The carrying amount of these assets is approximately 
equal to their fair value.

•  Cash  flows: 

inflows  and  outflows  of  cash  and  cash 
equivalents, which are short-term, highly liquid investments 
that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

•  Operating  activities: 

revenue-producing 
activities of the entities composing the consolidated Group 
and  other  activities  that  are  not  investing  or  financing 
activities.

the  principal 

•  Investing activities: the acquisition and disposal of long-term 
assets and other investments not included in cash and cash 
equivalents,  if  they  have  a  direct  impact  on  current  cash 
flows.

•  Financing  activities:  activities  that  result  in  changes  in  the 
size and composition of the equity and liabilities that are not 
operating activities, if they have a direct impact on current 
cash flows.

2.22. Share-based payments
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and other 
entities are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments 
at  the  grant  date.  The  fair  value  excludes  the  effect  of  non-
market vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination 
of  the  fair  value  of  equity-settled  share-based  payments  are 
set out in note 24.

The  fair  value  determined  at  the  grant  date  of  the  equity-
settled  share-based  payments  is  expensed  on  a  straight-line 
basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of 
equity  instruments  that  will  eventually  vest.  At  each  balance 
sheet  date,  the  Group  revises  its  estimate  of  the  number  of 
equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of 
non-market-based  vesting  conditions.  The  impact  of  the 
revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit 
or  loss  such  that  the  cumulative  expense  reflects  the  revised 
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with parties 
other  than  employees  are  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the 
services  received,  except  where  the  fair  value  cannot  be 
estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair 
value of the equity instruments granted, measured at the date 
the counterparty renders the service. 

2.23. Government Grants
Government grants are recognised where there is reasonable 
assurance  that  the  grant  will  be  received.  Grants  that 
compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised in 
the  Income  statement  in  the  relevant  financial  statement 
caption  on  a  systematic  basis  in  the  periods  in  which  the 
expenses are recognised.

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY 
SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY
In  the  application  of  the  Group’s  accounting  policies,  which  are 
described in note 2, the Directors are required to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The 
estimates  and  associated  assumptions  are  based  on  historical 
experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 63

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (CONTINUED) 
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods.

3.1 Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with separately below), that the 
Directors have made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Information on the funding position and going concern assessment of the Group is set out in the detail in the Section “Going Concern”. 

3.2 Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
The  accounting  for  long  term  contracts  requires  management  to  apply  judgement  in  estimating  the  total  revenue  and  total  costs 
expected on each project and also to estimate the stage of completion. Such estimates are revised as a project progresses to reflect 
the  current  status  of  the  project  and  the  latest  information  available  to  management.  Project  management  teams  perform  regular 
reviews to ensure the latest estimates are appropriate. 

3.2.1  Revenue recognition
Revenue from contracts to provide services is recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the contract, determined as 
the proportion of the total labour hours expected to provide the service that have elapsed at the end of the reporting period. This 
requires the Directors to estimate labour hours to complete, based on the Company’s experience and professional judgement.

A 1% decrease in margin on each ongoing long-term contract would change the balance of contract assets/contract liabilities by €614k. 

3.2.2  Impairment of goodwill
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which goodwill 
has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Directors to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the 
cash-generating unit and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value.

The key assumptions for determining the value in use include the pre-tax discount rate, which has been estimated at 16.25% for 
the  goodwill  registered  for  each  of  the  Coatings  and  Supply  segments  (and  at  17.25%  for  ACA  Marine,  SAS)  and  a  long-term 
growth rate of 3.0%. These estimates, including the methodology used, may have a significant impact on the registered values and 
impairment  losses.  Management  has  concluded  that  the  estimated  growth  rate  used  does  not  exceed  the  average  long-term 
growth rate for the relevant markets where the group operates (Europe and USA). Following the impact of the COVID pandemic 
over the past several months, Management are comfortable that these assumptions are still reasonable. (see note 12)

4. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The  Groups  reportable  segments  are  determined  by  the  internal  reporting  regularly  provided  to  the  Group’s  Chief  Operating 
Decision Maker. The Chief Operating Decision Maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the 
operating segments, has been identified as the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors has determined that, based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structure, the Group has 
two reportable segments, Coatings – the provision of painting and other finishing services to yachts and superyachts and Supply 
– the distribution of yachting supplies to trade and other customers. 

Any transaction between reportable segments is performed on an arm’s length basis.

4.1. Business segments
Segment information about the above businesses is presented below for the year ended 31 December 2020 and 2019:

Year ended 31 December 2020 

Revenue

Gross Profit

Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Performance share plan
Exceptional items
Operating Profit
Finance costs

Profit before tax

64 GYG plc

Coatings
(cid:31)’000

50,760

15,845

4,033

Supply
(cid:31)’000

8,138

2,302

1,130

Total reportable 
segments
(cid:31)’000

58,898

18,147

5,163
(2,995)
90
(1,025)
1,233
(1,050)

185

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

Total reportable 
segments
(cid:31)’000

63,827

14,985

4,508
(2,808)
(108)
(333)
1,259
379
(810)

828

Coatings
(cid:31)’000

53,718

12,731

3,628

Supply
(cid:31)’000

10,109

2,254

880

Year ended 31 December 2019 

Revenue

Gross profit

Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Performance share plan
Exceptional items
Operating profit
Gain on financial instruments
Finance costs

Profit before tax

Segment results include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

At 31 December 2020 and 2019 the Group has the following specific assets allocated to the business segments:

31 December 2020 

Goodwill
Inventories
Trade and other receivables

Trade, deferred income and other payables

31 December 2019 

Goodwill
Inventories
Trade and other receivables

Trade, deferred income and other payables

Coatings
(cid:31)’000

8,422
814
10,436

(14,548)

Coatings
(cid:31)’000

8,502
157
7,493

(14,041)

Supply
(cid:31)’000

848
2,315
1,320

(3,584)

Supply
(cid:31)’000

848
2,378
1,163

(3,427)

Total reportable 
segments
(cid:31)’000

9,270
3,129
11,757

(18,131)

Total reportable 
segments
(cid:31)’000

9,350
2,535
8,656

(17,468)

Assets,  including  PPE  and  certain  intangibles,  are  used  across  the  Group  and  are  not,  therefore,  attributable  to  any  specific 
segment.

4.2. Geographical location
Revenues from external customers attributed to the Group’s country of domicile and attributed to foreign countries from which 
the Group derives revenue is presented below.

Spain
United Kingdom
Rest of Europe
Rest of World

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

25,148
628
24,239
8,883

58,898

31,434
128
23,659
8,606

63,827

At 31 December 2020 the Group has non-current assets allocated to Europe and “Rest of the World” for an amount of €29,415 
thousand and €1,986 thousand, respectively (€28,591 thousand and €2,212 thousand, respectively, at 31 December 2019).

4.3. Information about major customers
There  are  no  revenues  from  transactions  with  individual  customers  which  contribute  10%  or  more  to  the  Group’s  revenue  for  
the period ended 31 December 2020. For the year ended 31 December 2019 there was one relevant customer whose revenues 
contributed  10%  or  more  to  the  Group’s  revenue,  related  to  the  Coatings  segment  and  representing  a  total  amount  of  
€7,636 thousand. 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 65

 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

5. OPERATING PROFIT 
Operating profit has been arrived at after crediting/(charging):

Net foreign exchange (losses)/gain
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Leases (see note 13)
Gain/(losses) on disposals
Impairment on trade receivables
Cost of materials
Staff costs (see note 8)

6. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

Covid-19
Restructuring costs

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

(15)
(1,996)
(969)
(883)
38
(32)
(11,341)
(20,400)

27
(1,861)
(947)
(285)
209
(76)
(12,776)
(20,678)

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

(812)
(213)

(1,025)

—
(333)

(333)

Excluding the impact of the exceptional items shown above, the operating profit for 2020 was €2,258 million. 

Covid-19 
During 2020, the Group incurred significant costs that were a direct result of the COVID pandemic. These costs fall into three 
broad categories: new costs, incremental employee related costs and additional non-employee costs. The Group also benefited 
from a government backed program in the USA. These COVID related costs and benefit have been treated as exceptional.

The  Group’s  workforce  is  highly  mobile,  regularly  moving  between  countries,  shipyards  and  ships,  mingling  with  significant 
numbers of other people, and working in close proximity. The pandemic meant that they operate in an environment where there 
were significant new burdens in terms of personal protective equipment, social distancing and testing. Travel was significantly 
disrupted and then affected by the varying social distancing measures required by different countries and shipyards. 

New costs
In response to the pandemic, the Group incurred new costs for products and services that it had to procure which were not part 
of ordinary trading. These included testing (PCR, lateral flow, blood tests, etc.), PPE for the parts of the workforce that had not 
previously required it, screens to provide protective environments within offices and other workplaces. Environmental cleaning 
services intended to sterilize work areas were utilised in certain environments. These costs totalled €105,438 during 2020.

Additional workforce costs
The largest impact on employee related costs during 2020 was driven by the use of quarantine to try and reduce infection rates. 
The Group’s highly mobile workforce was required to regularly quarantine upon entering a country, before entering a shipyard or 
upon returning to Spain. Positive tests for infection of one team member frequently led to whole teams being quarantined for up 
to two weeks. In these scenarios the Company was required to bring in additional flexible labour to maintain production schedules 
while employees and existing sub-contractors were quarantined. To mitigate the costs of quarantine, the Group offered incentives 
to employees while travelling to stay abroad for longer periods and avoid having to quarantine as frequently. 

The overall impact of these employee related costs was an increase in manpower of €425,696. This does not include the costs of 
employees who became ill with COVID which were treated as ordinary employee expenses.

Additional non-employee costs
Following the introduction of social distancing as a way to try and reduce infection rates, the Group had to significantly alter its 
working  protocols.  Where  previously,  we  had  been  able  to  rent  space  within  shipyards  for  storage  or  changing  facilities,  we 
suddenly had to increase this space to ensure reduced worker density.

Most  seriously  impacted  by  these  changes  were  the  Group’s  travel  arrangements.  Where  previously,  we  could  accommodate  four 
employees in an apartment on a project, we had to reduce this number to two, effectively doubling the accommodation costs on the 
project. When moving workers to countries, shipyards accommodation, we had to reduce occupancy levels in vehicles by at least 50%. 

During parts of March and April, two significant shipyards where the Group operates were shut completely. During this time, the 
Group sent their workforce home but was required by the shipyards to provide full-time security within the yard to meet health, 
safety and environmental requirements.

Combined, these non-employee related costs totalled €542,465 during 2020.

66 GYG plc

 
Financial Statements

Loan Forgiveness
In the USA, a government funded support programme known as the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) was put in place in 2020 
in response to COVID. Under the terms of the PPP, companies could take out a loan principally for the purposes of maintaining 
existing  employment  levels.  Under  certain  conditions,  the  loan  would  subsequently  be  forgiven.  In  August  2020,  Pinmar  USA 
received €400,159 as part of PPP. The Company was subsequently determined to have met the conditions of the program and the 
loan was forgiven. The has been offset against exceptional COVID costs.

Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs for the year 2020 and 2019 were part of a group-wide cost saving plan which included redundancies and other 
costs associated with reorganisation and restructuring of certain parts of the Group.

The tax effect of the above exceptional costs amounted to €213 thousand for the year ended 31 December 2020 (€72 thousand 
for the year ended 31 December 2019). 

7. AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION
The fees for audit and non-audit services provided by the auditors of the Group’s consolidated financial statements and of certain 
individual  financial  statements  of  the  consolidated  companies,  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP.,  and  by  companies  belonging  to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers’s network, were as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the parent company

and consolidated financial statements 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of Company’s subsidiaries
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for prior year variations 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for other services:

Other related assurance services
Other non-audit services

8. STAFF COSTS

The average number of employees (including Executive Directors) was:

Senior Management
Sales & Administration
Production

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

Wages
Social security costs

Directors’ emoluments:  

Directors’ emoluments
Salaries, fees and bonus (*)
Performance share plan costs

Highest paid Director
Salaries, fees and bonus
Performance share plan costs

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

85
122
108

67
32

414

75
108
—

51
21

255

Year ended 
31 December 2020

Year ended 
31 December 2019

12
91
292

395

13
81
296

390

Year ended 
31 December 2020 
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

16,345
4,055

20,400

16,697
3,981

20,678

Year ended
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended
31 December 2019
€’000

868 
194

263
105

1,136 
88

359
48

(*) In the year ended 31 December 2019, as a consultant, Kevin McNair also received payment of €121,900 in respect of his role as 
Interim Chief Financial Officer.

The performance share plan costs detailed in the above table correspond to the expense registered during the year. No share 
options have been exercised in 2020 and 2019.

Further information about the remuneration of individual directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

9. FINANCE COSTS 

Interest on bank overdrafts and loans 
Unwinding of capitalised loan issue costs (note 17)
Interest on obligations under leases
Other financial costs – net

10. TAX 
10.1 Tax recognised in profit or loss

Corporation Tax
Current year
Prior years

Deferred tax
Timing differences
Tax losses

Total

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

880
 —
19
151

1,050

331
305
83
91

810

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

(47)
 —

(47)

196
(80)

116

69

(55)
 —

(55)

157
(247)

(90)

(145)

Spanish Corporation tax is calculated at 25% of the estimated taxable profit for the year. Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated 
at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

The income tax expense for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit/(loss) as follows:

Profit/(Loss) before tax from continuing operations
Tax at the Spanish corporation tax rate (25%)
Overseas tax differences
Tax effect of incomes/(expenses) that are not considered 

in determining tax profit

Utilisation of previously unrecognised losses
Other differences 

Total

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

183
(46)
32

77
 — 
6

69

828
(207)
6

3
82
(29)

(145)

10.2 Deferred tax balances
The following is an analysis of deferred tax assets/(liabilities) presented in the consolidated statement of financial position:

Opening 
Balance 
(cid:31)’000

74
1,224
(3,345)

(2,047)

508

(2,555)

Recognised in 
profit or loss
 (cid:31)’000

34
(115)
197

116

(80)

196

Other
(cid:31)’000

—
 —
 —

—

—

 —

Closing 
Balance
(cid:31)’000

108
1,109
(3,148)

(1,929)

429

(2,359)

31 December 2020 

Property, plant & equipment
Tax losses
Intangible and tangible assets

Net

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

68 GYG plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

31 December 2019

Property, plant & equipment
Tax losses
Intangible and tangible assets

Net

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Opening 
Balance
(cid:31)’000

114
1,471
(3,542)

(1,957)

261

(2,218)

Recognised in 
profit or loss
(cid:31)’000

(40)
(247)
197

(90)

(25)

(65)

Other
(cid:31)’000

 —
 —
 —

 —

272

(272)

Closing 
Balance
(cid:31)’000

74
1,224
(3,345)

(2,047)

508

(2,555)

The  deferred  tax  assets  have  been  offset  against  the  deferred  tax  liabilities  recognised  in  the  same  tax  jurisdictions  that  are 
expected to unwind against the same taxable income. Deferred tax assets are calculated at the existing tax rates for the specific 
jurisdiction where the losses have occurred. 

The deferred tax assets from tax losses are related to tax losses from Spain and other countries like France and United States with 
no time limit for their application.

Between two and five years
More than five years

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

 —
1,109

1,109

 —
1,224

1,224

10.3 Unrecognised deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits

Tax losses

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

242

242

251

251

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE FOR PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE ORDINARY EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY
From continuing operations
Adjusted basic earnings are presented to eliminate the effect of the exceptional items, amortisation and impairment of intangible 
assets, gains on financial instruments and performance share plan costs (considering the tax effect of these adjustments):

Earnings attributable to shareholders 

Amortisation of intangible assets and depreciation of tangible assets
Performance share plan
Exceptional items
Tax effect of above adjustments

Adjusted basic earnings

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

252

2,995
(90)
1,025
(1,297)

2,886

753

2,808
108
333
(1,056)

2,946

Basic  earnings  per  share  are  calculated  by  dividing  net  profit  for  the  year  attributable  to  the  Group  (i.e.  after  tax  and  non-
controlling interests) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during that year.

Diluted profit per share have been calculated on a similar basis taking into account dilutive potential shares under the agreements 
disclosed in note 23.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 69

 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE FOR PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE ORDINARY EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY
(CONTINUED)

Earnings for the period attributable to shareholders (€000)
Weighted average number of shares 

Basic earnings per share (€)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (€)

Year ended 
31 December 2020

Year ended 
31 December 2019

252
46,640,000

753
46,640,000

0.00

0.07

0.02

0.06

Dilutive weighted average number of shares

47,987,728

47,777,975

Diluted earnings per share (€)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (€)

12. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 
Goodwill

0.00

0.07

0.02

0.06

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount
At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Goodwill 
(cid:31)’000

9,333
17

9,350
(80)

9,270

9,270

9,350

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) or group of units that 
are expected to benefit from that business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

8,422
848

9,270

8,502
848

9,350

Coatings
Supply

70 GYG plc

 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

Other intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions

At 31 December 2019
Additions

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2019
Charge of the period

At 31 December 2019
Charge of the period

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount
At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Customer 
relationships, brands 
and backlog
(cid:31)’000

Software
(cid:31)’000

15,233
 —

15,233
 —

15,233

3,992
923

4,915
922

5,837

9,396

10,318

220
82

302
617

919

148
24

172
47

219

700

130

Total
(cid:31)’000

15,453
82

15,535
617

16,152

4,140
947

5,087
969

6,056

10,096

10,448

Impairment reviews
The  Group  performs  an  annual  impairment  review  for  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  or  more  frequently  if  there  are 
indications that these might be impaired. 

Testing  is  carried  out  by  allocating  the  carrying  value  of  these  assets  to  cash-generating  units  (CGUs)  and  determining  the 
recoverable amounts of those CGUs. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value minus the costs of selling and its value 
in use. Value in use calculations are based on cash-flow discounting methods. 

The discounted cash-flows are calculated based on 3-year projections of the budgets approved by the Board of Directors. These 
cash-flows consider past experience and represent the best estimate of management on future market developments and Group 
performance. 

The key assumptions for determining the value in use include the pre-tax discount rate, which has been estimated at 16.25% for 
the  goodwill  registered  for  each  of  the  Coatings  and  Supply  segments  (and  at  17.25%  for  ACA  Marine,  SAS)  and  a  long-term 
growth rate of 3.0%. These estimates, including the methodology used, may have a significant impact on the registered values and 
impairment  losses.  Management  has  concluded  that  the  estimated  growth  rate  used  does  not  exceed  the  average  long-term 
growth rate for the relevant markets where the Group operates (Europe and USA). Following the impact of the COVID pandemic 
over the past several months, Management are comfortable that these assumptions are still reasonable.

The Group has conducted an analysis of the sensitivity of the impairment test to changes in the key assumptions used to determine 
the recoverable amount for each of the Group of CGUs to which goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated. 

As part of this scenario analyses, the Directors considered the impact on the recoverable amounts of the assets based upon the 
following changes to the two key assumptions set out above for both of the periods under review:

•  Long-term growth rate: reduced from 3.0% to 2.0%

•  Pre-tax discount rate: increased from 16.25% to 20.0%

If  we  reduce  the  long-term  growth  rate  by  1%  and  increase  the  pre-tax  discount  rate  by  4.75%  the  level  of  headroom  would 
decrease by €10.1 million.

Under neither of these scenarios did the recoverable amounts fall below or anywhere near the carrying value of the assets. As a 
result  of  this  analysis,  the  Directors  believe  that  any  reasonably  possible  change  in  the  key  assumptions  would  not  cause  the 
aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the related CGUs. 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 71

 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

13. PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions
IFRS 16 – Right of use assets – Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Reclassifications
Additions
IFRS 16 – Right of use assets – Additions
Disposals
IFRS 16 – Right of use assets – Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2019
Charge for the year
IFRS 16 – Right of use assets – Charges
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Charge of the period
IFRS 16 – Right of use assets – Charges
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount
At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

Property
(cid:31)’000

Plant and 
equipment
(cid:31)’000

Other plant, 
tools, and 
furniture
(cid:31)’000

Other 
tangible 
assets
(cid:31)’000

2,613
57
3,380
(108)
 —

5,942
47
71
516
 —
(392)
 —

6,184

1,029
85
922
(57)
—

1,979
112
882
 —
 —

2,974

3,963

3,211

1,951
258
 —
(1)
3

2,211 
28
203
 —
(12)
—
(40)

2,390

1,207
182
 —
 —
2

1,391
200
 —
(11)
26

1,607

820

783

3,613
267
 —
(136)
(1)

3,743
(61)
127
 —
(11)
—
(1)

3,796

2,731
176
 —
(104)
—

2,803
208
 —
(11)
—

3,000

940

796

9,870
157
 —
(32)
1

9,996
(14)
2,386
 —
(343)
—
(9)

12,016

4,902
496
 —
(32)
—

5,366
594
 —
(326)
4

5,637

4,630

6,379

Total
(cid:31)’000

18,047
739
3,380
(277)
3

21,892
 —
2,786
516
(366)
(392)
(50)

24,387

9,869
939
922
(193)
2

11,539
1,114
882
(348)
30

13,218

10,353

11,169

Property, plant and equipment consists of different categories of tangible assets which are used across the Group in the delivery 
of goods and services. Other tangible assets consist primarily of scaffolding equipment. 

The main additions for the year ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 correspond to the acquisition of machinery and other equipment.

During 2020, the Group conducted a sensitivity analysis which results that a change of a 1% in the borrowing rate would have the 
following impact on the Group financial statements:

Leases
This note provides information for the leases where the Group is a lessee. The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:

Non-current assets: Property, plant and equipment – Right of use asset
Current liabilities: Lease liabilities 
Non-current liabilities: Lease liabilities

2,906
 (2,035) 
(904) 

3,600
(1,571)
(2,184)

The following table sets out a maturity analysis of lease payments related to IFRS16, showing the undiscounted lease payments to 
be received after the reporting date. In order to see information about obligations under leases reference to note 17.2

31 December 2020
 (cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
 €’000

In thousands of euro

Less than a year
One to five years
More than five years

72 GYG plc

2020

1,004
717
 —

2019

981
1,656
 28 

 
 
 
Financial Statements

During 2020, the Group conducted a sensitivity analysis which results that a change of a 1% in the incremental borrowing rate 
would have the following impact on the Group financial statements:

31 December 2020

Balance Sheet
Increase/(decrease) in Right of Use assets
Increase/(decrease) in lease liabilities
Profit for the year
Increase/(decrease) in depreciation

14. INVENTORIES

Raw materials
Goods for resale

Year ended
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

1% 
24 
9 

3%
(24)
(9)

(3) 

3

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

894
2,235

3,129

187
2,348

2,535

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense during the year amounted to €11,341 thousand (€12,776 thousand in 2019). 

15. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables
Contract assets
Other receivables
Tax receivables 

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

5,798
4,018
1,254
687

11,757

6,561
1,128
310
657

8,656

Trade and other receivables are all current and any fair value difference is not material. Trade receivables are considered past due 
once they have passed their contracted due date. Amounts invoiced to customers are due in 30 days. The Group recognises an 
allowance for doubtful debts of 100% against those receivables overdue that after a specific analysis are considered not recoverable. 
Trade receivables disclosed above include amounts (see below for aged analysis) which are past due at the reporting date but 
against which the Group has not recognised an allowance for doubtful receivables because there has not been a significant change 
in credit quality of the customers and the amounts are still considered recoverable. 

The Group does not hold any collateral or other credit enhancements over any of its trade receivables nor does it have a legal right 
of offset against any amounts owed by the Group to the counterparty.

Amounts receivable from customers can be analysed as follows:

Amount receivable not past due
Amount receivable past due but not impaired
Amount receivable impaired (gross)
Less impairment

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

1,235
4,563
216
(216)

5,798

4,352
2,209
222
(222)

6,561

Neither the amounts due from service contract customers nor receivables from other debts are past due or impaired in the current 
and prior periods.

The ageing of past due but not impaired receivables is as follows:

<60 days 
61-90 days
>91 days

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

4,240
73
250

4,563

948
679
582

2,209

Annual report and financial statements 2020 73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

15. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED)
The movement in the allowance recorded for doubtful debts is as follows:

Balance at the beginning of the year
Transfer
Amounts written off during the year as uncollectible 
Impairment losses (recognised) 

Amounts recovered during the year

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

(222)
(29)
29
(32)

38

(216)

(146)
(44)
44
(76)

 —

(222)

Contract assets
The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s right to consideration for construction work completed but not invoiced at the balance 
sheet date. The contract assets are included within the caption “Trade and other receivable”. The balance increased during the year by  
€2.9 millon as the Group has work more during the period than amount billed which is reflected in the increase in trade receivables.

16. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

3,600

3,600

5,529

5,529

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. The 
carrying amount of these assets is approximately equal to their fair value.

17. BORROWINGS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER LEASES

Syndicated loan
ICO loan
Capitalised costs – net 
Revolving credit facility
Factoring facility
Other financial liabilities

Total borrowings

Amount due for settlement within 12 months

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

4,918
3,000
(109)
1,311
3,179
63

12,361

9,789

2,572

6,788
 —
(313)
527
2,714
261

9,977

5,062

4,915

The difference in capitalised costs – net set out above and the figure in note 9 relates to fees charged to the Group by the banks 
for a modification of the syndicated loan facility.

Obligations under leases 

Total obligations under leases

Amount due for settlement within 12 months

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

2,939

2,939

2,035

904

3,755

3,755

1,571

2,184

17.1 Summary of the borrowing arrangements
Syndicated loan
On  3  March  2016,  the  Group  subsidiary,  Hemisphere  Coating  Services,  S.L.U.,  signed  a  syndicated  loan  agreement  with  three 
financial institutions, expiring on March 2021.

This syndicated loan is guaranteed by certain of the Group subsidiaries and consists of two different facilities:

•  Facility A: loan for a total amount of €9,180 thousand with biannual maturities of €918 thousand until expiration on March 2021 

since the beginning of the contract.

•  Facility B: loan for a total amount of €4,000 thousand maturing at the end of the contract on March 2021 (see note 2.3).

Both facilities bear interest at EURIBOR +3%.

74 GYG plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

The loan requires compliance with certain financial covenants. At 31 December 2020, considering the underperformance a waiver 
has been signed with the financial institutions for the whole period. For the year ended at 31 December 2020 the Group have 
obtained a waiver for financial covenants. 

ICO Loan 
On 29 June 2020, the Group entered into floating rate syndicated financing agreements of €3.0 million of new borrowing facilities 
through the Spanish government’s ICO loan facility. The ICO in Spain guarantees 70 per cent of the value of loans.

Under the terms of these ICO loans, there is no repayment during the twelve months following execution and the outstanding 
balance is repaid over the subsequent 48 months via equal monthly payments. 

The ICO facilities bear interest at 4%. The amount drawn on 31 December 2020 was €3.0 million.

Additionally, the Group has at its disposal:

•  Revolving credit facilities up to €2.0 million.

•  Factoring and discounting facilities up to €12.5 million.

•  Bank guarantees up to €4.3 million, of which €2.5 million were drawn as of 31 December 2020. 

As a result of the above agreements, at year end the Group has bank facilities totalling €14.5 million of which €7.8 million were 
drawn and €6.7 million were undrawn as of 31 December 2020.

17.2 Obligations under leases
From 1 January 2019, the Group has recognised right-of-use assets for these leases, except for short term and low-value leases, 
see note 13 for further information.

As of 31 December 2020, the Group had the following minimum lease payments due to lessors in accordance with current contracts 
in place:

Amounts payable under Obligations under leases:
Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Minimum lease 
payments

As at 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

2,035
904
0

2,939

As of 31 December 2019, the Group had the following minimum finance lease payments due to lessors (including, where applicable, 
the purchase options) in accordance with current contracts in place:

Amounts payable under Obligations under leases:
Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Minimum lease 
payments

As at
31 December 2019
(cid:31)’000

1,571
2,156
28

3,755

The financial lease contracts are formalised in euros and have fixed interest rates in accordance with the financial market. 

Annual report and financial statements 2020 75

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables
Contract liabilities – Deferred income
Wages and salaries
Tax payables 

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

12,020
3,639
2
2,470

18,131

9,231
5,372
573
2,292

17,468

Under the caption “Contract liabilities – Deferred income” are contractual advances from customers related to on-going and future 
projects. This number decreased by €1,733 thousands as the Group received less in deposits from clients during the period than it 
did in 2019. As revenue is recognised in relation to these contracts, the liability is decreased by an equal amount until the liability 
is fully extinguished.

Trade  average  credit  period  taken  for  trade  purchases  is  established  between  30  and  60  days.  The  Group  has  financial  risk 
management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the pre-agreed credit terms.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

19. PROVISIONS

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year
Released

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year
Released

At 31 December 2020

Current

Non-current

Guarantee provision
Legal and tax provision
Contractual claims

(cid:31)’000

1,168

119
(800)

487

271
(383)

375

356

19

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

356
19
 —

375

468
19
—

487

As of 31 December 2020, the Group has a current provision amounting to €356 thousand (2019: €468 thousand), for re-painting 
guarantees  contemplated  in  the  contractual  agreements  with  clients  for  the  painting  of  boats  and  vessels.  This  provision  is 
calculated  as  an  average  percentage  of  the  guarantees  borne  in  the  past  three  years  compared  to  the  total  turnover  for  the 
corresponding year. 

As  of  31  December  2018,  the  Group  had  a  non-current  provision  of  €800  thousand  relating  to  contractual  claims  made  by  a 
shipyard  against  the  Group  in  relation  to  a  refit  project  that  the  Group  undertook.  The  Group  also  had  a  receivable  for  €800 
thousand  from  the  paint  manufacturer  that  provided  the  paint  that  was  used  in  the  project  that  was  subject  to  the  claim.  In 
February 2020, the Group signed a settlement agreement with the shipyard which had made the claim. Under the terms of the 
settlement, the claim against the Group was dropped and the Group undertook to drop the claim against the paint manufacturer. 
The Group also undertook to repaint the vessel which was the subject of the claim at some point within the next five years on 
commercial terms which the Directors to believe to be acceptable.

At 31 December 2020 the Group and its legal advisers consider that the provisions recorded are sufficient for covering future 
obligations.

76 GYG plc

 
Financial Statements

20. EQUITY 
At 31 December 2019 and 2020 the Company’s share capital amounted to €106 thousand represented by 46,640,000 ordinary 
shares with a par value of £0.002, issued and fully paid up.

No dividend was declared or paid during the year ended 31 December 2020. 

At 31 December 2020 the Group registered a share based payment reserve amounting to €286 thousand based on the agreements 
disclosed in note 23. 

21. ACQUISITIONS 
On 30 June 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of ACA Marine, SAS, acquiring the remaining 30% from Atko, SARL of the 
issued  share  capital  for  an  amount  of  €167  thousand.  This  agreement  included  the  cancellation  of  the  Put  and  Call  Option 
Agreement that  was in place, and therefore those balances  related to the ACA Put Option registered under the captions  “Put 
option reserve” and “Other financial liabilities” in the prior year were adjusted, generating a gain of €379 thousand.

22. NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Profit/(loss) for the year before tax

– Depreciation and amortisation
– Performance share plan
– Gain on financial instruments
– Finance costs 
– Exchange differences

Adjustments to profit/(loss)

– Decrease in inventories
– (Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
– Increase in trade and other payables 

Changes in working capital

– Interest paid
– Income tax paid 

Other cash flows used in operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

2020 
(cid:31)’000

183

2,995
(90)
 —
1,050
—

3,955

(594)
(2,682)
554

(2,722)

(1,050)
(470)

(1,520)

(104)

2019 
€’000

828

2,808
108
(379)
810
(27)

3,320

12
(549)
520

(17)

(491)
(680)

(1,171)

2,960

23. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
Performance Share Plan
The Company established a Performance Share Plan (the “PSP”) for Directors and other selected senior management, which was 
adopted by the Board on 23 June 2017. 

This award grants an option to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company at a price of £0.002 per ordinary share, 
subject to the Performance Target. The award will normally vest on the third anniversary of grant or, if later, when the Remuneration 
Committee determines the extent to which any performance conditions have been satisfied. These will be exercisable up until the 
tenth anniversary of grant unless they lapse earlier.

In 2020, the 2017 plan has been cancelled because the performance conditions have not been satisfied.

The Company established a Performance Share Plan (the “PSP”) for Directors and other selected senior management, which was 
adopted by the Board on 18 August 2020. 

This award grants an option to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company at a price of £0.002 per ordinary share, 
subject to the Performance Target. The award will normally vest on the third anniversary of grant or, if later, when the Remuneration 
Committee determines the extent to which any performance conditions have been satisfied. These will be exercisable up until the 
tenth anniversary of grant unless they lapse earlier.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 77

 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

23. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)
Details of the share options outstanding during the year are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2019
Outstanding at 31 December 2019

Granted during the year
Cancelled during the year
Outstanding at 31 December 2020

Assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to determine the fair value:

Share price at grant date (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
Option life (years)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected volatility (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)

Number of 
share options

Weighted average 
exercise price 
(pence)

257,950
557,334

518,822
(259,569)
816,587

0.2
0.2

0.2
 —
0.2

2019 PSP

2020 PSP

63.5
0.2
3
0.63%
77.5%
5.6%

150
0.2
3
0.63%
66.7%
0%

Expected  volatility  was  determined  by  calculating  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Group’s  share  price  since  the  Company  was 
admitted to the AIM Market. 

In 2020 the Group has recognised a credit amounting to €90 thousand for these plans. In 2019 the Group recognised an expense 
amounting to €108 thousand for this plan. 

Warrant
The Company granted a warrant to Zeus Capital to subscribe for such number of ordinary shares as is equal to 1 per cent of the 
enlarged share capital of the Company following completion of the placing. The warrant shall be exercisable in whole or in part at 
any time during the period of 5 years from the first anniversary of Admission. The warrant shall be exercisable at the placing price 
multiplied by 105%.

Details of the share options outstanding during the year are as follows:

Outstanding at 31 December 2019

Outstanding at 31 December 2020

Assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to determine the fair value:

Share price at grant date (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
Option life (years)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected volatility (%)

Number of 
share options

466,400

466,400

Weighted average 
exercise price 
(pence)

105

105

100
105
5
2.5%
28.6%

In 2017 the Group recognised an expense amounting to €92 thousand for this warrant.

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the 
return to shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The Directors regularly review the working capital 
forecasts of the Group to understand the impact of Group performance and outside factors, such as the COVID pandemic, on the 
liquidity position of the Group. Where necessary, the Directors alter the balance of different types of equity that the Group can 
access.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt (borrowings disclosed in note 17) and equity of the Group. 

78 GYG plc

 
 
Financial Statements

Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted (including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement 
and the bases for recognition of income and expenses) for each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are 
disclosed in note 2.

Categories of financial instruments 

Financial assets
At amortised cost
Cash and other financial assets (note 16)
Loans and receivables – long term
Trade and other receivables (note 15)

Financial liabilities
At amortised cost
Amortised cost – borrowings (note 17)
Finance lease liabilities (note 17) 
Obligations under leases (note 17) 
Other financial liabilities (note 17)
Liabilities under factoring facilities
Trade, deferred income and other payables (note 18)

At fair value through P&L 
Derivative instruments not designated hedge accounting relationships

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

3,600
197
11,756

15,553

9,203
24
2,939
38
3,179
18,084

2

33,469

5,529
144
8,656

14,329

7,002
—
3,755
36
2,714
17,468

14

30,989

The carrying value of all financial assets and financial liabilities equate to the fair value.

Management of the Group’s financial risks is centralised in the Group’s Finance Department, which has established mechanisms to 
monitor interest rate and exchange rate exposure, as well as credit and liquidity risk. The main financial risks affecting the Group 
are indicated below:

1. Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and credit exposure to customers, including outstanding receivables. Credit risk 
is managed on a group basis. 

For  banks  and  financial  institutions,  only  those  with  a  Moody’s  rating  of  AAA  (or  equivalent)  or  with  which  the  Group  has  an 
existing borrowing relationship are accepted. 

Clients within the Coatings sector are either ultra-high net worth individuals, the companies through which they own their boats 
or shipyards that act as main contractors on behalf of the boat owners. The credit risk of the first two categories is extremely low. 
The risk is also mitigated by the fact that the Group has to complete a project before the owner can use the vessel again. The 
staged payments typical in these types of contracts means that there is very little exposure to unpaid receivables by the end of a 
project. 

The Group regularly reviews the credit ratings of each shipyard with whom in contracts to understand any potential credit risk 
associated with them. Individual risk limits are set based on external ratings in accordance with limits set by the board. 

Credit exposure within the supply business comprises trade receivables with yachts and their owners which are described above. 
Trade customers (e.g. not yachts) have individual credit limits based on public ratings and payment history. The compliance with 
credit limits by Supply customers is regularly monitored by line management. For some trade receivables the Group may obtain 
security in the form of guarantees, deeds of undertaking or letters of credit which can be called upon if the counterparty is in 
default under the terms of the agreement.

Sales  to  retail  customers  are  required  to  be  settled  in  cash  or  using  major  credit  cards,  mitigating  credit  risk.  There  are  no 
significant  concentrations  of  credit  risk,  whether  through  exposure  to  individual  customers,  specific  industry  sectors  and/or 
regions. 

The Group’s treatment of bad debts and potential bad debts during the periods under review for trade and other receivables, 
including an analysis of past due amounts, is set out in note 15.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 79

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

2. Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash and equivalents and the availability of funding through an adequate 
amount of committed credit facilities to meet obligations when due. 

At the end of the reporting period, the Group held cash and cash equivalents of €3.6 million (2019: €5.5 million) that are expected 
to  readily  generate  cash  inflows  for  managing  liquidity  risk.  Due  to  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  underlying  businesses,  group 
treasury  maintains  flexibility  in  funding  by  maintaining  availability  under  committed  credit  lines.  Management  monitors  rolling 
forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (comprising the undrawn borrowing facilities below) and cash and cash equivalents on 
the basis of expected cash flows. This is carried out by management at Group level. 

In addition, the Group’s liquidity management policy involves projecting cash flows in major currencies and considering the level 
of liquid assets necessary to meet these, monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against external regulatory requirements and 
maintaining debt financing plans. 

Financing arrangements
The Group had access to €14.5 million of working capital facilities at 31 December 2020. The Group’s working capital facilities are 
subject to annual review and renewal. 

The tables below analyse the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for: 
all  non-derivative  financial  liabilities  and  net  settled  derivative  financial  instruments  for  which  the  contractual  maturities  are 
essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows. For interest rate swaps, the cash flows have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at the end of the 
reporting period. 

Contractual maturities of financial liabilities at 
31 December 2020

Less than 
12 months
(cid:31)’000

Greater than 
12 months
(cid:31)’000

Non-derivatives
Trade payables
Borrowings
Liabilities under factoring facilities
Lease liabilities

Total

Derivatives
Interest rate swap

Total

18,084
4,346
3,179
2,035

27,644

2 

2 

—
2,627
—
904

3,531

 —

 —

Contractual maturities of financial liabilities at 
31 December 2019

Less than 
12 months
(cid:31)’000

Greater than 
12 months 
(cid:31)’000

Non-derivatives
Trade payables
Borrowings
Liabilities under factoring facilities
Lease liabilities

Total

Derivatives
Interest rate swap

Total

17,468
5,062
2,714
1,571

26,815

14

14

 —
4,915
 —
2,184

7,099

 —

 —

Carrying 
amount
(cid:31)’000

18,084
6,973
3,179
2,939

31,175

2 

2 

Carrying 
amount
(cid:31)’000

17,468
9,977
2,714
3,755

33,914

14

14

3. Currency risk
The Group operates primarily in euro and US Dollar. The Group mitigates the risk by incurring costs in currencies matching its 
revenues.  Any  remaining  transactional  foreign  currency  exposure  is  not  considered  to  be  material  and  is  not  hedged.  As  at  31 
December 2020, the Group had not derivative contracts for currency hedging purposes. 

4. Market risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in interest rates. The Group’s management focusses on 
the uncertainty of financial markets and attempts to minimise the potential adverse effects on its profitability. The Group enters 
into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk, with three Interest Rate Swaps to mitigate the risk 
of rising interest rates.

4.1. Interest rate risk
As of 31 December 2020 and 2019, the main borrowing corresponds to the syndicated loan which bear a variable interest.

80 GYG plc

Financial Statements

4.1.1. Sensitivity analysis:
A change of a 0.5% in interest rates would have the following impact on the Group financial statements:

Profit for the year
Increase in rates
Decrease in rates

Year ended
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended
31 December 2019
€’000

(39)
39

(37)
37

This calculation assumes that the change occurred at the balance sheet date and had been applied to risk exposures existing at 
that date. This analysis also assumes that all other variables remain constant and considers the effect of financial instruments with 
variable interest. 

5. Capital management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it has the capital required to operate and grow the 
business at a reasonable cost of capital without incurring undue financial risks. The syndicated loan also requires compliance with 
certain financial covenants. For the year ended at 31 December 2020 the Group have obtained a waiver for financial covenants. 

25. SUBSIDIARIES 
The Group consists of a parent Company, GYG plc, incorporated in the UK and a number of subsidiaries held directly by GYG plc, 
which operate and are incorporated mainly in Spain but also in some other countries around the world.

A list of the Company’s subsidiaries is included below:

Name

Principal activity

Registered Office Ownership

Civisello Inversiones, S.L.U.
Hemisphere Yachting Services, S.L.U.
Hemisphere Coating Services, S.L.U. 
Hemisphere Central Services, S.L.U.
Pinmar Yacht Supply, S.L.

Holding
Holding
Coatings
Central Services
Supply

Global Building. Muelle Viejo. Palma de Mallorca. Spain.
Global Building. Muelle Viejo. Palma de Mallorca. Spain.
Global Building. Muelle Viejo. Palma de Mallorca. Spain.
Global Building. Muelle Viejo. Palma de Mallorca. Spain.
Camino Escollera, 5. Palma de Mallorca. Spain

Pinmar USA, Inc. 

Global Yachting Group, Ltd 
ACA Marine, Ltd 

Hemisphere Yachting Services, GmbH

Coatings

Coatings
Holding

Coatings

Avenue 2010. Riviera Beach. FL 33404. USA.

Station Road 55. Buckinghamshire. UK.
Cannon Place 78. Cannon Street. London. UK.

Lehmweg 17, 20251 Hamburg. Germany.

Hemisphere Coating Services, B.V.

Coatings

Herikerbergweg 238. 11O1CM Amsterdam. Netherlands. 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%

100%
100%

100%

100%

Hemisphere Coating Services, S.A.S. 
(previously ACA Marine, SAS)

Coatings

46 Quai Francois Mitterrand. 13600 La Ciotat. France. 

100%

The Group financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the parent Company, GYG plc and the above subsidiaries. 

For the year ending 31 December 2020 the following subsidiaries of the Company were entitled to exemption from audit under 
s479 A of the Companies Act 2006 related to subsidiary companies:

Name

Global Yachting Group, Ltd 

ACA Marine, Ltd 

26. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Services provided 

Global Yacht Finishing, S.L.

Services received 

AKC Management Services, Ltd.
Quoque Ltd.
Global Yacht Finishing, S.L.

Principal 
activity

Companies House 
Registration Number

Ownership

Coatings

Holding

9533209

10649007

100%

100%

Year ended 
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended 
31 December 2019
€’000

41

41

183
316
329

828

49

49

199
181
357

737

Annual report and financial statements 2020 81

 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

26. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
GYG leases offices from Global Yacht Finishing, S.L. (Rupert Savage is a director of both GYG and Global Yacht Finishing).

Quoque Ltd (Company owned by a close family member of the Chief Executive Officer) has provided consulting services in relation 
to  ERP  design  and  implementation.  These  services  are  reviewed  and  approved  prior  to  commencement  by  the  non-executive 
directors. In addition to the amounts listed above for services received, the Group reimbursed or paid for various accommodation 
and travel expenses of €34 thousand in 2020 (€23 thousand in 2019) for Quoque employees in the performance of those services. 

During the year GYG contracted with AKC Management Services Ltd. for the provision of management services amounting to  
€183 thousand, of which there were no amount outstanding at the year end (Kevin McNair is a Director of both GYG and AKC 
Management Services Ltd). Kevin McNair did not receive a salary from GYG.

All  these  transactions  were  undertaken  on  an  arm’s  length  basis  and  on  normal  commercial  terms.  The  Directors  who  are 
independent of any related party review the commercial terms of any contract or transaction prior to the Group entering into the 
relevant contract. They base their decisions upon prior commercial experience and, when necessary, outside advice.

Balances  

Atko S.A.R.L.
AKC Management Services Ltd.
Quoque Ltd.
Global Yacht Finishing, S.L.

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

 —
 —
(25)
(92)

(117)

 —
(47)
 —
(29)

(76)

Remuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is 
set out below.

Salaries, fees and bonus 

Year ended
31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

Year ended
31 December 2019
€’000

868

1,136

The above amounts include “salaries, fees and bonus” paid in £ amounting to £150 thousand in 2019 and 2020. 

In the year ended 31 December 2019, as a consultant, Kevin McNair also received payment of €121,900 in respect of his role as 
Interim Chief Financial Officer. 

Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration report.

27. POST BALANCE SHEETS EVENTS
In February 2021, the Group repurchased shares with a value of £490.

In March 2021, the Group amended its borrowing facilities with its existing lenders. Under the terms of the amended agreement, 
Facility B, which was due to be repaid in March 2021, is now repayable in four tranches of €1.0 million starting in June 2021 and 
ending  in  December  2022.  Facility  A  was  repaid  in  early  April  2021.  As  part  of  the  amendment,  an  additional  €1.0  million  of 
revolving credit, factoring and discounting facilities were made available to the Group.

On 9 April 2021, the Group was notified that one of the Company’s major shareholders, Harwood Capital, was in the preliminary 
stages of evaluating a possible offer for the entire issued and to be issued share capital of the Company. As of today, Harwood has 
made no further announcements in relation to this possible offer. Following publication of these results, it is the Board’s intention 
to engage with independent shareholders to appraise them further of the current trading and prospects for GYG. When we have 
feedback from independent shareholders in relation to the Group’s prospects and their attitude towards the unsolicited possible 
offer, we will make a further announcement.

On 12 April 2021, the Group was informed that Nobiskrug shipyard in Germany, where it was working on three projects, had entered into 
an insolvency process to allow it to restructure itself. The Group’s existing financial exposure to this yard at the time of this announcement 
was €2.8 million (excluding VAT; all of which relate to 2021). Subsequent discussions with the ultimate owners of the projects in this yard 
lead the Directors to remain confident that the projects will all be completed and most, if not all, of the outstanding amount will be 
recovered in due course. No allowance for impairment has been made in these consolidated financial statements.

No  other  events  have  occurred  after  31  December  2020  that  might  significantly  influence  the  information  reflected  in  these 
consolidated financial statements.

82 GYG plc

 
P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   S T A T E M E N T   
O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N

Financial Statements

As at 31 December 2020

Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiary
Long-term receivables from Group companies 

Current assets
Short-term receivables from Group companies
Trade and other receivables
Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Retained earnings/(deficit)
Capital redemption reserve
Share based payment reserve

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Total equity

Note

3
5

6

2020
(cid:31)’000

12,353
4,059

16,412

1,025
24
109

1,158

17,570

(472)
—
(472)

686

(472)

2019
€’000

12,443
4,059

16,502

993
37
65

1,095

17,597

(388)
—
(388)

707

(388)

17,098

17,209

106
7,035
9,558
114
285

17,098

17,098

106
7,035
9,579
114
375

17,209

17,209

The Parent Company loss for the year was €21 thousand (income of €338 thousand in 2019).

The financial statements on pages 83 and 84 were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 April 2021 and signed on its behalf by

REMY MILLOTT 
Chief Executive Officer 

KEVIN MCNAIR
Chief Financial Officer 

Registered Number: 10001363

Annual report and financial statements 2020 83

 
 
P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   S T A T E M E N T   
O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

For the year ended 31 December 2020

Retained 
earnings 
(cid:31)’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
(cid:31)’000

Share based 
payment 
reserve 
(cid:31)’000

Balance at 1 January 2019

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners
Credit to equity for share based payments

Balance at 31 December 2019

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners
Credit to equity for share based payments

Share 
capital 
(cid:31)’000

106

 —

 —

 —

106

 —

 —

Share 
premium 
(cid:31)’000

7,035

 —

 —

 —

9,241

338

 —

 —

7,035

9,579

 —

 —

(21)

 —

Balance at 31 December 2020

106

7,035

9,558

 TOTAL 
(cid:31)’000

16,763

338

108

108

17,209

(21)

267

 —

108

108

375

 —

(90)

(90)

285

17,098

114

 —

 —

 —

114

 —

—

114

N O T E S   T O   T H E   P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S 

1. GENERAL INFORMATION
GYG plc (hereinafter the “Company”) was incorporated on 11 February 2016, as a private Company limited by shares, as Dunwilco 
2016 Limited under the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006. Subsequently, on 21 May 2016, the Company’s corporate name was 
changed to Global Yachting Group Limited, on 25 May 2017 to GYG Limited, on 22 June 2017 the Company re-registered as a public 
limited Company on 5 July 2017 the Company completed an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) and was admitted to the AIM Market of 
the London Stock Exchange. The address of the registered office is Cannon Place, 78 Cannon Street, London EC4N 6AF, United 
Kingdom.

The corporate purpose of the Company is to act as the parent Company for a Group operating in superyacht painting, supply and 
maintenance, offering services globally through operations in the Mediterranean, Northern Europe and the United States. 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The separate financial statements of the Company are presented are as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Company meets 
the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. 
Accordingly, in the year ended 31 December 2016, the Company decided to adopt FRS 101. Accordingly, the financial statements 
have therefore been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 101) “Reduced Disclosure Framework” as 
issued by the FRC in July 2015 and July 2016. 

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Group and parent Company will 
continue to be able to meet their liabilities as they fall due, within 12 months of the date of approval of these financial statements. 
The Directors assessment of this judgement is set out in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions permitted under the relevant 
standards in relation to the following disclosures:

•  share-based payments (IFRS 2); 

•  financial instruments (IFRS 7); 

•  capital management (IAS 1); 

•  presentation of a statement of cash flows for the period (IAS 7); and

•  certain related party transactions (IAS 24, paragraphs 17, 18, 19).

84 GYG plc

 
Financial Statements

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements. 

The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in note 2 of the consolidated financial statements except 
as noted below.

Investments in subsidiaries (Information about Entity’s domicile and other information is disclosed in note 25 of the consolidated 
financial statements) are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

3. INVESTMENTS

Cost and carrying amount

31 December 2020
(cid:31)’000

31 December 2019
€’000

12,353

12,353

12,443

12,443

The Company’s only direct investment is a 100% ownership in Civisello Inversiones, S.L. This Company is the direct owner of the 
Hemisphere Yachting Services, S.L.U. subgroup. The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investment is supported by its 
underlying net assets. To arrive at this belief, they complete a regular assessment of the recoverability of the investment based on 
the value in use of the Group’s subsidiaries.

The Company’s subsidiary undertakings are shown in note 25 of the consolidated financial statements.

4. PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
Per section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 no Statement of Comprehensive Income for the parent Company has been presented. 
The total comprehensive loss for the year was €21 thousand (income of €338 thousand in 2019). 

The Auditors’ remuneration for audit and other services are disclosed in note 7 of the consolidated financial statements.

4.1. Staff Costs
The average number of employees (including Executive Directors) was:

Non-executive Directors

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:
Wages
Social security costs

Year ended 
31 December 2020

Year ended 
31 December 2019

2

2

168
20

188

2

2

171
20

191

5. LONG-TERM RECEIVABLES FROM GROUP COMPANIES
The Company holds loan notes receivable from Civisello Inversiones, S.L.U. amounting to €4,059 thousand These bear interest at 
4.5% and are due to be repaid in full by 31 December 2026.

The Directors believe that the total value of the Company’s investment in its subsidiaries is not less than the amounts at which they 
are stated in the Parent Company Statement of Financial Position.

6. EQUITY
At 31 December 2020 and 2019 the Company’s share capital amounted to €106 thousand represented by 46,640,000 ordinary 
shares with a par value of €0.002, issued and fully paid up.

7. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
Details of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements by the Company to Directors, other selected senior management 
and other entities that remain outstanding at the year end, are set out in note 23 to the Group financial statements.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 85

 
 
 
 
N O T I C E   O F   A N N U A L   G E N E R A L   M E E T I N G

GYG PLC (THE “COMPANY”)
(incorporated  and  registered  in  England  and  Wales  under 
number 10001363)

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR 
IMMEDIATE ATTENTION
If you are in any doubt about its content or as to what action 
you should take, you should consult your stockbroker, 
solicitor, accountant or other independent professional 
adviser authorised under the Financial Services and Markets 
Act 2000 if you are in the United Kingdom, or another 
appropriately authorised independent adviser if you are in a 
territory outside the United Kingdom. 

If you have sold or transferred all your shares in the Company, 
please pass this document together with the accompanying 
documents to the purchaser or transferee or to the 
stockbroker or other agent through whom you made the sale 
or transfer, for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

Notice is hereby given that the 2021 annual general meeting of 
the Company will be held at Innovation House, 39 Mark Road, 
Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire HP2 7DN on 2 June 2021 at 
11.30  am  for  the  purposes  of  considering  and  voting  on  the 
resolutions set out below. Resolutions 1 to 6 (inclusive) will be 
proposed  as  ordinary  resolutions  and  resolutions  7  to  9 
(inclusive) as special resolutions. 

Given  the  prevailing  UK  Government  restrictions  on  public 
gatherings and travel in light of the COVID-19 pandemic as at 
23  April  2021  (being  the  latest  practicable  date  prior  to 
publication  of  this  notice),  it  is  proposed  that  the  annual 
general  meeting  will  be  held  with  the  minimum  attendance 
required to form a quorum. Shareholders will not be permitted 
to  attend  the  annual  general  meeting  in  person,  but  can  be 
represented  by  the  chairman  of  the  meeting  acting  as  their 
proxy.

Shareholders are offered the option to watch and listen to the 
proceedings  of  the  annual  general  meeting  remotely  via  a 
Zoom  webinar  and  conference  call  facility.  Shareholders  are 
also given the opportunity to ask questions in advance of the 
meeting. Further details and guidance are to be found in note 
1 on page 90.

Given  the  constantly  evolving  nature  of  the  situation, 
shareholders  are  advised  to  monitor  the  Company’s  website 
(www.gygplc.com)  and 
the  Regulatory  News  Service 
announcements  issued  by  the  Company  for  any  updates  or 
amendments  to  the  arrangements  for  the  annual  general 
meeting  which  may  be  necessary  or  required  under  UK 
Government guidance.

Hard copy proxy forms are not being sent to shareholders as 
the Company would like to encourage its shareholders to vote 
electronically,  either  via  www.signalshares.com,  or  via  CREST 
where shares are held in CREST. For further information, please 
see note 2.e. on page 91.

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS
1.    Report and accounts 

To receive the financial statements and the reports of the 
Directors and the auditor for the year ended 31 December 
2020.

2.    Re-election of Director 

To re-elect Remy Millott as a Director of the Company.

3.    Re-election of Director 

To re-elect Rupert Savage as a Director of the Company. 

4.    Re-appointment of auditor 

To  re-appoint  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  as  auditor  of 
the  Company  to  hold  office  until  the  conclusion  of  the 
Company’s next annual general meeting. 

5.    Authority to agree auditor’s remuneration 

To authorise the Directors of the Company to agree the 
remuneration of the Company’s auditor. 

6.    Authority to allot shares 

THAT  the  Directors  are  generally  and  unconditionally 
authorised for the purposes of s551 Companies Act 2006 
(“CA 2006”) to exercise all the powers of the Company to 
allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe 
for or to convert any security into shares in the Company:

(a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £31,077; and

(b)   comprising equity securities (as defined in s560(1) CA 
2006) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £62,154 
(such  amount  to  be  reduced  by  any  allotments  or 
grants made under paragraph (a) above) in connection 
with  an  offer  by  way  of  a  rights  issue  or  other  pre-
emptive offer or issue to:

(i) 

 ordinary  shareholders  (other  than  the  Company) 
on  the  register  on  any  record  date  fixed  by  the 
Directors  in  proportion  (as  nearly  as  may  be 
practicable) to their existing holdings; and

(ii)   holders of other equity securities if this is required 
by the rights of those securities or, subject to such 
rights,  as  the  Directors  otherwise  consider 
necessary,

 and  so  that  the  Directors  may  impose  any  limits  or 
restrictions  and  make  any  arrangements  which  it 
considers  necessary  or  appropriate  to  deal  with 
treasury  shares,  fractional  entitlements,  record  dates, 
legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the 
laws of, any territory or any other matter,

such authority to expire at the conclusion of the Company’s 
next annual general meeting or within 15 months from the 
date of passing of this resolution (whichever is the earlier) 
but,  in  each  case,  during  this  period  the  Company  may 
make  offers  and  enter  into  agreements  which  would,  or 
might, require shares to be allotted or rights to subscribe 
for or convert securities into shares to be granted after the 
authority ends and the Directors may allot shares or grant 
rights  to  subscribe  for  or  convert  securities  into  shares 
under any such offer or agreement as if the authority had 
not ended. 

86 GYG plc

 
 
 
Financial Statements

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS
7.    General authority to disapply pre-emption rights

THAT, subject to the passing of resolution 6, in accordance 
with s570 and s573 CA 2006 the Directors are given power 
to allot equity securities (as defined in s560 CA 2006) of 
the Company for cash pursuant to the authority conferred 
on them by resolution 6 and/or to sell ordinary shares held 
by  the  Company  as  treasury  shares  for  cash  pursuant  to 
s727 CA 2006 as if s561(1) CA 2006 did not apply to any 
such allotment or sale, provided that:

8.    Additional authority to disapply pre-emption rights

THAT subject to the passing of resolution 6, and in addition 
to  any  power  granted  under  resolution  7,  in  accordance 
with s570 and s573 CA 2006 the Directors are given power 
to allot equity securities (as defined in s560(1) CA 2006) 
of  the  Company  for  cash  pursuant  to  the  authority 
conferred  by  resolution  6  and/or  to  sell  ordinary  shares 
held by the Company as treasury shares for cash pursuant 
to s727 CA 2006 as if s561(1) CA 2006 did not apply to any 
such allotment or sale, provided that this power:

(a)  this power is limited to:

(i) 

 the  allotment  and/or  sale  of  equity  securities  for 
cash in connection with an offer of equity securities 
(but,  in  the  case  of  an  allotment  and/or  sale  of 
equity securities pursuant to the authority granted 
by paragraph (b) of resolution 6, only by way of a 
rights issue or other pre-emptive offer or issue) to:

a.   ordinary  shareholders  (other  than  by  the 
Company)  on  the  register  on  any  record  date 
fixed  by  the  Directors  in  proportion  (as  nearly 
as may be practicable) to their existing holdings; 
and

b.   holders of other equity securities, if required by 
the rights of those securities or, subject to such 
rights,  as  the  Directors  otherwise  consider 
necessary,

 subject, in both cases, to the power of the Directors 
to impose any limits or restrictions and make any 
arrangements  which  they  consider  necessary  or 
appropriate  to  deal  with  any  treasury  shares, 
legal, 
fractional  entitlements, 
regulatory or practical problems in, or laws of, any 
territory  or  the  requirements  of  any  regulatory 
body or stock exchange or any other matter; and

record  dates, 

(ii)   in  the  case  of  an  allotment  and/or  sale  of  equity 
securities  for  cash  pursuant  to  the  authority 
granted  by  paragraph  (a)  of  resolution  6,  the 
allotment  and/or  sale  of  equity  securities 
(otherwise  than  under  (a)(i)  above)  up  to  an 
aggregate nominal amount of £4,661.55; and 

(b)   (unless  previously  revoked,  varied  or  renewed  by  the 
Company)  this  power  will  expire  at  the  conclusion  of 
the Company’s next annual general meeting or within 
15 months from the date of passing of this resolution 
(whichever is the earlier), save that, in each case, the 
Directors may, before this power expires, make an offer 
or  agreement  which  would  or  might  require  equity 
securities  to  be  allotted  and/or  treasury  shares  to  be 
sold after its expiry and the Directors may allot equity 
securities and/or sell treasury shares pursuant to such 
an offer or agreement as if this power had not expired.

(a)   is  limited  to  the  allotment  and/or  sale  of  equity 
securities  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount  of 
£4,661.55;

(b)   shall  be  used  only  for  the  purposes  of  financing  (or 
refinancing,  if  the  authority  is  to  be  used  within  six 
months  after  the  original  transaction)  a  transaction 
which  the  Directors  determine  to  be  an  acquisition  or 
other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the 
Statement  of  Principles  on  Disapplying  Pre-Emption 
Rights  most  recently  published  by  the  Pre-Emption 
Group prior to the date of this notice; 

(c)   (unless  previously  revoked,  varied  or  renewed  by  the 
Company)  will  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
Company’s  next  annual  general  meeting  or  within  15 
months  from  the  date  of  passing  of  this  resolution 
(whichever  is  the  earlier)  save  that,  in  each  case,  the 
Directors may, before this power expires, make an offer 
or  agreement  which  would  or  might  require  equity 
securities  to  be  allotted  and/or  treasury  shares  to  be 
sold after its expiry and the Directors may allot equity 
securities and/or sell treasury shares pursuant to such 
an offer or agreement as if this power had not expired.

9.    Company’s authority to purchase its own shares 

THAT  the  Company  is  generally  and  unconditionally 
authorised for the purposes of s701 CA 2006 to make one 
or more market purchases (within the meaning of s693(4) 
CA 2006) of its ordinary shares of £0.002 each provided 
that:

(a)   the  maximum  aggregate  number  of  ordinary  shares 
authorised  to  be  purchased  by  the  Company  is 
4,661,550;

(b)   the  minimum  price  which  may  be  paid  for  an  ordinary 
share is £0.002 (excluding expenses), being the nominal 
value of each ordinary share;

(c)   the maximum price which may be paid for an ordinary 

share is not more than the higher of:

(i) 

 105% of the average middle-market quotation for 
an ordinary share as derived from the Daily Official 
List  of  the  London  Stock  Exchange  for  the  five 
trading  days  immediately  preceding  the  day  on 
which the ordinary share is purchased; and

 (ii)   the higher of the price of the last independent trade 
and  the  highest  current  independent  bid  on  the 
trading venue where the purchase is carried out,

in each case, exclusive of expenses;

Annual report and financial statements 2020 87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T I C E   O F   A N N U A L   G E N E R A L   M E E T I N G 
( C O N T I N U E D )

(d)   this  authority  shall  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
Company’s  next  annual  general  meeting  or  within  15 
months  from  the  date  of  passing  of  this  resolution 
(whichever  is  the  earlier),  but  the  Company  may,  if  it 
agrees to purchase ordinary shares under this authority 
before  it  expires,  complete  the  purchase  wholly  or 
partly after this authority expires; and

(e)   any  ordinary  shares  purchased  pursuant  to  this 
authority  may  either  be  held  as  treasury  shares  or 
cancelled by the Company, depending on which course 
of  action  is  considered  by  the  Directors  to  be  in  the 
best interests of shareholders at the time.

RECOMMENDATION
The Directors consider that all the resolutions to be proposed 
at the annual general meeting are in the best interests of the 
Company  and  its  members  as  a  whole.  The  Directors  will  be 
voting in favour of all the proposed resolutions and unanimously 
recommend that you vote in favour of them.

By order of the Board

SUE STEVEN
Company Secretary

7 May 2021

Registered Office:  
Cannon Place  
78 Cannon Street  
London EC4N 6AF  
United Kingdom

Registered in England  
and Wales No: 10001363

88 GYG plc

E X P L A N A T O R Y   N O T E S   T O   T H E   N O T I C E

Financial Statements

EXPLANATORY NOTES – RESOLUTIONS
Resolutions  1  to  6  (inclusive)  are  proposed  as  ordinary 
resolutions, which means that, for each of those resolutions to 
be passed, more than 50% of the votes cast must be in favour 
of the resolution.

Resolutions  7  to  9  (inclusive)  are  proposed  as  special 
resolutions, which means that, for each of those resolutions to 
be passed, at least 75% of the votes cast must be in favour of 
the resolution.

The notes below explain the proposed resolutions.

Resolution 1: Receiving the reports and accounts
The  Directors  must  present  the  accounts  and  reports  of  the 
Company for the year ended 31 December 2020 to shareholders 
at the annual general meeting. These include the report of the 
Directors, the financial statements and the report of the auditor 
on  the  financial  statements.  Shareholders  are  being  asked  to 
receive the report and accounts.

Resolutions 2 and 3: Re-election of Directors
The  Company’s  articles  of  association  state  that  all  Directors 
are  subject  to  election  by  shareholders  at  the  first  annual 
general meeting following their appointment by the Board. At 
subsequent annual general meetings, one-third of the Directors 
must  retire  from  office  (or,  if  their  number  is  not  three  or  a 
multiple  of  three,  the  number  nearest  to  but  not  exceeding 
one-third  (unless  their  number  is  fewer  than  three,  in  which 
case  one  of  them  shall  retire)).  Additionally,  any  Director  not 
otherwise  required  to  retire  from  office  at  an  annual  general 
meeting shall do so unless he was appointed or re-appointed 
as a Director at either of the last annual two general meetings 
before  that  meeting.  Accordingly,  as  both  Remy  Millott  and 
Rupert Savage were last appointed at the 2018 annual general 
meeting both will retire and, being eligible, will offer themselves 
for re-election at the 2021 annual general meeting.

The biographies of both Remy Millott and Rupert Savage are 
available  on  the  Company’s  website  at  www.gygplc.com/
investor-relations/investor-relations-board-of-directors/.

Following  a  formal  performance  evaluation,  the  Board 
considers that Remy Millott and Rupert Savage continue to be 
effective and demonstrate commitment to their roles of Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Commercial Officer, respectively. 

Resolution 4: Appointment of auditor
The power conferred on the Directors at the 2019 The auditor 
of  a  public  company  must  be  appointed  at  each  general 
meeting at which accounts are laid. Resolution 4 proposes the 
appointment  of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  (“PWC”)  as 
auditor of the Company to hold office until the conclusion of 
the next annual general meeting of the Company. Following a 
full  tender  process  conducted  during  2019,  PWC  were 
appointed by the Board as the Company’s auditor.

Resolution 5: Authority to agree auditor’s remuneration
Resolution  5  gives  authority  to  the  Directors,  in  accordance 
with  standard  practice,  to  agree  the  remuneration  of  the 
Company’s auditor. 

Resolution 6: Authority to allot shares
The  authority  conferred  on  the  Directors  at  the  2020  annual 
general meeting of the Company to allot shares or grant rights 
to  subscribe  for  or  convert  any  security  into  shares  in  the 
Company expires at the conclusion of this year’s annual general 
meeting.  The  purpose  of  resolution  6  is  to  replace  that 
authority.

Paragraph (a) of resolution 6 would allow the Directors to allot 
new  shares  and  grant  rights  to  subscribe  for  or  convert  any 
securities  into  shares  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  value  of 
£31,077.  This  represents  15,538,500  ordinary  shares,  which  is 
equivalent to one-third of the Company’s total issued ordinary 
share capital, excluding treasury shares, as at close of business 
on 23 April 2021, the latest practicable date prior to publication 
of this notice. 

Paragraph  (b)  of  resolution  6  proposes  that  the  Directors  be 
authorised  to  allot  shares  in  connection  with  a  rights  issue  or 
other  pre-emptive  offer  or  issue  in  favour  of  holders  of  equity 
securities, including ordinary shareholders. The allotments would 
be made in accordance with the rights of those securities (or as 
the Directors may otherwise consider necessary) up to a further 
aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £31,077,  representing  15,538,500 
ordinary shares, which is equivalent to one-third of the Company’s 
total issued ordinary share capital, excluding treasury shares, as 
at close of business on 23 April 2021, the latest practicable date 
prior to publication of this notice. This amount, together with the 
nominal  amount  of  any  shares  allotted  or  rights  granted  under 
the  authority  conferred  by  paragraph  (a),  would  represent  an 
amount  that  is  equivalent  to  two-thirds  of  the  Company’s  total 
issued  ordinary  share  capital,  excluding  treasury  shares,  as  at 
close  of  business  on  23  April  2021,  the  latest  practicable  date 
prior to publication of this notice.

The authority sought under resolution 6 is in line with guidance 
published  by  The  Investment  Association  on  the  powers  of 
directors to allot shares.

As  at  the  date  of  this  notice,  the  number  of  treasury  shares 
held  by  the  Company  is  24,500,  representing  approximately 
0.05%  of  the  Company’s  total  issued  ordinary  share  capital, 
excluding  treasury  shares,  as  at  23  April  2021,  the  latest 
practicable date prior to publication of this notice. 

The  Directors  have  no  present  intention  to  exercise  the 
authority sought under resolution 6.

The authority sought under resolution 6 will, if granted, expire 
at  the  conclusion  of  the  Company’s  next  annual  general 
meeting or within 15 months from the date of passing of this 
resolution (whichever is the earlier).

Resolutions 7 and 8: Disapplication of pre-emption rights
The  power  conferred  on  the  Directors  at  the  2020  annual 
general meeting of the Company to allot shares in the Company 
for cash without application of the pre-emption rights provided 
by s561 CA 2006 expires at the conclusion of this year’s annual 
general  meeting.  The  purpose  of  resolutions  7  and  8  is  to 
replace that authority.

Resolutions  7  and  8  are  in  line  with  the  Pre-emption  Group’s 
Statement of Principles for the Disapplication of Pre-emption 
Rights (the “Statement of Principles”).

Annual report and financial statements 2020 89

E X P L A N A T O R Y   N O T E S   T O   T H E   N O T I C E 
( C O N T I N U E D )

If  resolution  7  is  passed,  it  would  allow  the  Directors  to  allot 
new  shares  for  cash  and/or  sell  treasury  shares  without  first 
offering  them  to  shareholders  in  proportion  to  their  existing 
holdings up to an aggregate nominal amount of £4,661.55. This 
maximum  amount  represents  2,330,775  shares,  which  is 
equivalent to approximately 5% of the Company’s total issued 
equity  share  capital,  excluding  treasury  shares,  as  at  close  of 
business on 23 April 2021, the latest  practicable  date prior  to 
publication of this notice and which, together with the maximum 
amount  of  any  shares  allotted  under  the  power  conferred  by 
resolution 8, would represent an amount that is equivalent to 
approximately 10% of total issued equity share capital.

In  respect  of  the  power  under  resolution  7(b),  the  Directors 
confirm their intention to follow the provisions of the Statement 
of Principles regarding cumulative usage of authorities within 
a rolling three-year period where the Statement of Principles 
provide  that  usage  in  excess  of  7.5%  of  the  issued  ordinary 
share  capital  of  the  Company  should  not  take  place  without 
prior consultation with shareholders.

If  resolution  8  is  passed,  it  would  allow  the  Directors  to  allot 
new  shares  for  cash  and/or  sell  treasury  shares  without  first 
offering  them  to  shareholders  in  proportion  to  their  existing 
holdings  if  the  allotment  is  connected  with  an  acquisition  or 
investment  (as  contemplated  by  the 
specified  capital 
Statement of Principles), up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of  £4,661.55.  This  maximum  amount  represents  2,330,775 
shares,  which  is  equivalent  to  approximately  5%  of  the 
Company’s total issued equity share capital, excluding treasury 
shares,  as  at  close  of  business  on  23  April  2021,  the  latest 
practicable date prior to publication of this notice. 

The authority sought under each of resolution 7 and resolution 
8  will,  if  granted,  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  Company’s 
next annual general meeting or within 15 months from the date 
of passing of the resolutions (whichever is the earlier).

Resolution 9: Company’s authority to purchase its own shares
In the opinion of the Board of Directors, the purchase by the 
Company of its own shares may, in certain circumstances, be 
advantageous to shareholders.

Shareholders are being asked to give the Company authority 
to buy back up to 10% of its issued share capital in the market, 
renewing  the  authority  granted  at  the  2020  annual  general 
meeting. Resolution 9 sets out the maximum number of shares 
that may be purchased and the minimum and maximum prices 
at which they may be bought.

The Directors intend to exercise this authority only if they are 
satisfied at the time that it is in the best interests of shareholders 
to do so and that it would result in an increase in earnings per 
share.

There were 466,400 warrants and 751,845 options to subscribe 
for ordinary shares outstanding as at 23 April 2021 (being the 
latest practicable date prior to the publication of this notice), 
representing  approximately  2.61%  of  the  Company’s  issued 
ordinary  share  capital  (excluding  treasury  shares).  If  the  full 
authority to buy back shares (existing and being sought) was 
exercised in full, these warrants and options would represent 
approximately 2.90% of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital.

This authority is to remain in force until the conclusion of the 
Company’s next annual general meeting or within 15 months from 
the date of passing of this resolution (whichever is the earlier).

MEMBER NOTES:
The following notes explain your general rights as a shareholder 
and your right to attend and vote at the annual general meeting of 
the Company, or to appoint someone else to vote on your behalf.

1.    Entitlement to attend and vote

To  be  entitled  to  attend  and  vote  at  the  annual  general 
meeting (and for the purpose of the determination by the 
Company  of  the  number  of  votes  they  may  cast), 
shareholders must be registered in the Register of Members 
of  the  Company  at  close  of  business  on  28  May  2021. 
Changes  to  the  Register  of  Members  after  the  relevant 
deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of 
any  person  to  attend  and  vote  at  the  annual  general 
meeting. In the case of joint holders, where more than one 
of the joint holders votes, only the vote submitted by the 
most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined 
by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear 
in  the  Company’s  Register  of  Members  in  respect  of  the 
joint holding (the first named being the most senior).

Given the prevailing UK Government restrictions on public 
gatherings and travel in light of the COVID-19 pandemic as 
at  23  April  2021  (being  the  last  practicable  date  prior  to 
publication  of  this  notice),  it  is  proposed  that  the  annual 
general meeting will be held with the minimum attendance 
required  to  form  a  quorum.  Shareholders  will  not  be 
permitted to attend the annual general meeting in person, 
but  can  be  represented  by  the  chairman  of  the  meeting 
acting as their proxy.

Shareholders are offered the option to watch and listen to 
the  proceedings  of  the  annual  general  meeting  remotely 
via  a  Zoom  webinar  and  conference  call  facility.  Please 
note that shareholders will not be able to use this facility to 
actively  participate  in  the  annual  general  meeting  by 
voting on the resolutions or asking questions. Shareholders 
are, however, invited to submit questions to the Company 
in  advance  of  the  annual  general  meeting  by  sending  an 
email  to  gyg@fticonsulting.com  by  28  May  2021,  and 
answers to the questions will be given at the meeting.

To  register  to  attend  the  annual  general  meeting  via  our 
online platform, please use the following link
www.gygplc.com/agm-2021

2.    Proxies
a. 

 Shareholders are entitled to appoint another person as 
a proxy to exercise all or part of their rights to attend 
and  to  speak  and  vote  on  their  behalf  at  the  annual 
general  meeting.  A  shareholder  may  appoint  more 
than  one  proxy  in  relation  to  the  annual  general 
meeting  provided  that  each  proxy  is  appointed  to 
exercise  the  rights  attached  to  a  different  ordinary 
share  or  ordinary  shares  held  by  that  shareholder.  A 
proxy  need  not  be  a  shareholder  of  the  Company.  In 
view  of  the  restrictions  in  place  as  a  result  of  the 
COVID-19  pandemic  you  are  strongly  advised  to 
appoint the chairman of the meeting as your proxy to 
ensure your vote is counted.

90 GYG plc

Financial Statements

b. 

c. 

 In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the 
joint  holders  purports  to  appoint  a  proxy,  only  the 
appointment submitted by the most senior holder will 
be  accepted.  Seniority  is  determined  by  the  order  in 
which  the  names  of  the  joint  holders  appear  in  the 
Company’s Register of Members in respect of the joint 
holding (the first named being the most senior).

 A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that 
the vote will not be counted in the calculation of votes 
for or against the resolution. If no voting indication is 
given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his 
or her discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from 
voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any other 
matter which is put before the annual general meeting.

d.  You can vote either:

• 

• 

by  logging  on  to  www.signalshares.com  and 
following the instructions;

you may request a hard copy form of proxy directly 
from  our  Registrars,  Link  Group  on  telephone 
number: 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the 
standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. 
Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged 
at the applicable international rate. The Registrars 
are open between 9:00 am – 5:30 pm, Monday to 
Friday  excluding  public  holidays  in  England  and 
Wales; or

• 

in  the  case  of  CREST  members,  by  utilising  the 
CREST  electronic  proxy  appointment  service  in 
accordance with the procedures set out below.

 In  each  case  the  appointment  of  a  proxy  must  be 
received  by  Link  Group  at  PXS  1,  Link  Group,  Central 
Square,  29  Wellington  Street,  Leeds,  LS1  4DL,  United 
Kingdom by 11.30 am on 28 May 2021.

 If you return more than one proxy appointment, either 
by paper or electronic communication, the appointment 
received last by the Registrar before the latest time for 
the  receipt  of  proxies  will  take  precedence.  You  are 
advised  to  read  the  terms  and  conditions  of  use 
carefully. Electronic communication facilities are open 
to all shareholders and those who use them will not be 
disadvantaged.

 The  return  of  a  completed  form  of  proxy,  electronic 
filing or any CREST Proxy Instruction (as described in 
note  j.  below)  will  not  prevent  a  shareholder  from 
attending  the  annual  general  meeting  and  voting  in 
person if he/she wishes to do so. However, please note 
the information in note 1 above regarding the impact of 
the COVID-19 pandemic on meeting attendance.

through 

 CREST  members  who  wish  to  appoint  a  proxy  or 
proxies 
the  CREST  electronic  proxy 
appointment service may do so for the annual general 
meeting  (and  any  adjournment  of  the  annual  general 
meeting)  by  using  the  procedures  described  in  the 
CREST  Manual  (available  from  www.euroclear.com/
site/public/EUI).  CREST  Personal  Members  or  other 
CREST  sponsored  members,  and  those  CREST 

e. 

f. 

g. 

h. 

i. 

members  who  have  appointed  a  service  provider(s), 
should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s),  who  will  be  able  to  take  the  appropriate 
action on their behalf.

 In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made 
by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST 
message  (a  “CREST  Proxy  Instruction”)  must  be 
properly  authenticated  in  accordance  with  Euroclear 
UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications and must contain 
the  information  required  for  such  instructions,  as 
described in the CREST Manual. The message must be 
transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent 
(ID RA10) by 11.30am on 28 May 2021. For this purpose, 
the time of receipt will be taken to mean the time (as 
determined by the timestamp applied to the message 
by the CREST application host) from which the issuer’s 
agent  is  able  to  retrieve  the  message  by  enquiry  to 
CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this 
time, any change of instructions to proxies appointed 
through  CREST  should  be  communicated  to  the 
appointee through other means.

 CREST  members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST 
sponsors or voting service providers should note that 
Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not make available 
special  procedures 
in  CREST  for  any  particular 
message.  Normal  system  timings  and  limitations  will, 
therefore, apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy 
Instructions.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  CREST 
member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is 
a CREST personal member, or sponsored member, or 
has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure 
that  his  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s) 
take(s))  such  action  as  shall  be  necessary  to  ensure 
that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST 
system  by  any  particular  time.  In  this  connection, 
CREST  members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST 
sponsors  or  voting  system  providers  are  referred,  in 
particular,  to  those  sections  of  the  CREST  Manual 
concerning  practical  limitations  of  the  CREST  system 
and  timings.  The  Company  may  treat  as  invalid  a 
CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out 
in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001.

2.    Corporate representatives

Any  corporation  which  is  a  shareholder  can  appoint 
one  or  more  corporate  representatives  who  may 
exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a shareholder 
provided that no more than one corporate representative 
exercises powers in relation to the same shares.

3.    Nominated persons

Any person to whom this Notice is sent as a person nominated 
under  s146  of  CA  2006  to  enjoy  information  rights  (a 
“Nominated  Person”)  may,  under  an  agreement  between 
him/her and the member by whom he/she was nominated, 
have  a  right  to  be  appointed  (or  to  have  someone  else 
appointed)  as  a  proxy  for  the  annual  general  meeting.  If  a 
Nominated Person has no such proxy appointment right or 
does  not  wish  to  exercise  it,  he/she  may,  under  any  such 
agreement, have a right to give instructions to the member as 
to the exercise of voting rights.

Annual report and financial statements 2020 91

  
E X P L A N A T O R Y   N O T E S   T O   T H E   N O T I C E 
( C O N T I N U E D )

The statement of the rights of members in relation to the 
appointment  of  proxies  in  paragraph  2  above  does  not 
apply to Nominated Persons. The rights described in that  
paragraph  can  only  be  exercised  by  members  of  the 
Company.

4.   Issued share capital and total voting rights

As at close of business on 23 April 2021 (being the latest 
practicable  business  day  prior  to  the  publication  of  this 
notice),  the  Company’s  ordinary  issued  share  capital 
(excluding treasury shares) consists of 46,615,500 ordinary 
shares of £0.002 each, carrying one vote each. Therefore, 
the  total  voting  rights  in  the  Company  as  at  close  of 
business on 23 April 2021 were 46,615,500.

5.    Members’ rights to ask questions

Any shareholder attending the annual general meeting has 
the right to ask questions. The Company must cause to be 
answered any such question relating to the business being 
dealt  with  at  the  annual  general  meeting,  but  no  such 
answer need be given if: (a) to do so would interfere unduly 
with  the  preparation  for  the  annual  general  meeting  or 
involve  the  disclosure  of  confidential  information;  (b)  the 
answer has already been given on a website in the form of 
an  answer  to  a  question;  or  (c)  it  is  undesirable  in  the 
interests of the Company or the good order of the annual 
general meeting that the question be answered.

6.    Communication

You  may  not  use  any  electronic  address  (within  the 
meaning  of  s333(4)  of  CA  2006)  provided  in  either  this 
notice  or  any  related  documents  (including  the  form  of 
proxy) to communicate with the Company for any purposes 
other than those expressly stated.

7.    Voting results

As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  annual  general  meeting, 
the results of the voting at the meeting and the number of 
proxy votes cast for and against, and the number of votes 
withheld, in respect of each resolution will be announced 
via  a  Regulatory  Information  Service  and  also  placed  on 
the Company’s website www.gygplc.com.

92 GYG plc

C O M P A N Y   I N F O R M A T I O N

Directors: 
Stephen Murphy 
Remy Millott  
Kevin McNair  
Rupert Savage  
Richard King

Registered Office: 
Cannon Place 
78 Cannon Street 
London 
EC4N 6AF 
United Kingdom

Company Number: 
10001363 (England & Wales)

Company Secretary: 
Sue Steven

Company Website: 
www.gygplc.com

Nominated Adviser and Broker: 
N+1 Singer 
1 Bartholomew Lane 
London 
EC2N 2AX 
United Kingdom

Independent Auditors: 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Exchange House 
Midsummer Boulevard 
Central Milton Keynes 
MK9 2DF 
United Kingdom

Solicitors:  
CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP 
Saltire Court 
20 Castle Terrace  
Edinburgh 
EH1 2EN 
United Kingdom

Financial PR: 
FTI Consulting, Inc. 
200 Aldersgate 
Aldersgate Street 
London  
EC1A 4HD 
United Kingdom

Investor Relations:
Bendon Advisory 
3rd Floor 
24 Chiswell Street 
London 
EC1Y 4YX 
United Kingdom

Company Registrars:
Link Group 
10th Floor 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL 
United Kingdom

Bankers: 
Banco Santander, S.A. 
Edificio Dehesa, Planta 1a 
Avda. de Cantabria SN 
28660 Boadilla del Monte 
Madrid  
Spain

Caixabank, S.A. 
Avda Diagonal, 621 
Torre 2 Pl 1 
08028 Barcelona  
Spain

Bankia, S.A. 
Paseo de la Castellana 189 
28046 Madrid  
Spain

Registered Office:  
Cannon Place  
78 Cannon Street  
London  
EC4N 6AF  
United Kingdom